C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

615
MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE SYSTEM > PRECAUTION 1.IGNITION SWITCH EXPRESSIONS 1. The type of ignition switch used on this model differs according to the specifications of the vehicle. The expressions listed in the table below are used in this section. Expression Ignition Switch (position) Engine Switch (condition) Ignition Switch off LOCK Off Ignition Switch on (IG) ON On (IG) Ignition Switch on (ACC) ACC On (ACC) Engine Start START Start 2.PRECAUTION REGARDING ON-VEHICLE INSPECTION 1. When revving the engine, make sure that the gear is in neutral. 3.PRECAUTION REGARDING PARTS REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION 1. When removing or installing parts related to the multi-mode manual transmission system, perform [Clamp Position Ad justment], [Initialization and Learning] and/or [Synchronization Position Calibration]. In addition, the required operations differ according to the parts to be removed and installed. Proceed with the operation in the order shown in the table below. Before removal Parts to be removed Operation order See

Transcript of C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

Page 1: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 1/614

MULTI-MODE MANUAL

TRANSAXLE SYSTEM >

PRECAUTION

1.IGNITION SWITCH EXPRESSIONS

1. The type of ignition switch used on this model differs according to thespecifications of the vehicle. The expressions listed in the table below are used in

this section.

ExpressionIgnition Switch

(position)

Engine Switch

(condition)

Ignition Switch off LOCK Off

Ignition Switch on (IG) ON On (IG)

Ignition Switch on (ACC) ACC On (ACC)

Engine Start START Start

2.PRECAUTION REGARDING ON-VEHICLE INSPECTION

1. When revving the engine, make sure that the gear is in neutral.

3.PRECAUTION REGARDING PARTS REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

1. When removing or installing parts related to the multi-mode manual transmissionsystem, perform [Clamp Position Adjustment], [Initialization and Learning]

and/or [Synchronization Position Calibration]. In addition, the required operations

differ according to the parts to be removed and installed. Proceed with theoperation in the order shown in the table below.

Before removal

Parts to be removed Operation order See

Page 2: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 2/614

procedure

• Clutch actuator

• Transmissionassembly

• Transmission parts

(inside gear box)• Clutch disc and clutch

cover

• Clutch release bearing

• Clutch release fork

• Clutch release lever

• Flywheel

• End plate (2SZ-FEonly)

• Crankshaft

• Shift and select

actuator (with clutch actuator)

• CLAMP

POSITION

ADJUSTMENT

2.

Before installation

Parts to be installed Operation orderSee

procedure

• New clutch

actuator

• CLAMP POSITION

ADJUSTMENT

3. NOTICE:

4. Push rods of brand new clutch actuators (service supply parts) are not set in theclutch clamp position. Therefore, adjust the clamp positions before installing new

clutch actuators.5.

After installation

Parts installed Operation orderSee

procedure1. INITIALIZATION OF MULTI-MODE MANUAL

TRANSMISSION SYSTEM

[Initialization of ECU]

• Transmissionassembly

• Transmission parts

(inside gear box)

• Shift and selectactuator (with clutch

actuator) 2. LEARNING OF MULTI-

MODE MANUAL

Page 3: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 3/614

TRANSMISSION SYSTEM• Transmission

control ECU 3. SYNCHRONIZATION

POSITION CALIBRATION

1. INITIALIZATION OF MULTI-MODE MANUAL

TRANSMISSION SYSTEM

[Initialization of transmission]

2. LEARNING OF MULTI-

MODE MANUAL

TRANSMISSION SYSTEM

• Shift stroke sensor

• Select stroke sensor

3. SYNCHRONIZATIONPOSITION CALIBRATION

1. INITIALIZATION OF MULTI-

MODE MANUAL

TRANSMISSION SYSTEM[Initialization of clutch]

• Clutch actuator

• Clutch stroke

sensor

• Clutch disc and

clutch cover

• Clutch release bearing

• Clutch release fork

• Clutch release lever

• Flywheel

• End plate (2SZ-FE

only)

• Crankshaft

2. LEARNING OF MULTI-

MODE MANUAL

TRANSMISSION SYSTEM

6. NOTICE:

• Replace the clutch disc and clutch cover together. If only one is replaced,

the adjustment system of the clutch cover does not function properly. This

may cause clutch drag or clutch slippage, which may result indeterioration of drivability or malfunctions of the system parts.

• After replacing any system components, perform initialization and

learning of related components (refer to the operations listed above). Ifinitialization and learning are not performed, the transmission system will

not function properly.

• Before proceeding with learning of the multi-mode manual transmissionsystem, clear (initialize) the previously stored learning values. Since the

multi-mode manual transmission system does not have an overwrite

function, clearing (initializing) stored data is necessary before the new

data can be stored.

4.TROUBLESHOOTING INITIALIZATION AND LEARNING (ENGINE DOES NOT

Page 4: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 4/614

START)

HINT:

If any malfunctions are suspected in the transmission control system afterreassembling or repairing transmission system components, perform

troubleshooting in accordance with the following chart.

1.Check for DTC output

1. Using an intelligent tester, check for output DTCs.1. Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3.

2. Turn the ignition switch on (IG) and the tester ON.

3. Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Multi-Mode M/T / DTC.

4. Read any DTCs.

Result:

Result Proceed To

No DTC output A

DTC output B

B. Go to DTC Chart

A

2.Check clutch position learning condition

1. Check that the clutch position learning has been completed.

1. Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3.2. Turn the ignition switch on (IG) and the tester ON.

3. Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Multi-Mode M/T / Data

List.

4. Read the Learn-Clutch Stopper Point result.

Result:

Result Proceed To

Exec (Executed) A

Notexec (Not executed) B

Fail (Failure) C

Page 5: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 5/614

B. Execute learning again ()

C. Check clutch system

A

3.Check T/M gear position learning condition

1. Check that the T/M gear position learning has been completed.1. Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3.

2. Turn the ignition switch on (IG) and the tester ON.

3. Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Multi-Mode M/T / Data

List.4. Read the Learn-T/M results.

Result:

Result Proceed To

Exec (Executed) A

Notexec (Not executed) B

Fail (Failure) C

B. Execute learning again ()

C. Go to step 6

A

4.Check whether gear is in neutral

1. Referring to the shift slit position of the shift and select actuator, check whether

the actual transmission gear position is in neutral.

Page 6: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 6/614

Result:

Result Proceed To

Neutral A

Other than Neutral B

B. Check transmission assembly

A

5.Check whether park/neutral position switch is ON

Page 7: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 7/614

1. Check whether the park/neutral position switch is ON ().

Result:

Result Proceed To

ON A

OFF B

B. Check park/neutral position switch

A

Check starter system and brake system

6.Check whether T/M up-lock has occurred during gear position learning

1. Check whether T/M up-lock has occurred during gear position learning.1. Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3.

2. Turn the ignition switch on (IG) and the tester ON.

3. Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Multi-Mode M/T / DataList.

4. Read the Possibility of T/M Uplock results.

HINT:

T/M up-lock: The transmission gear momentarily cannot be engaged due tomechanical reasons during gear position learning.Result:

Result Proceed To

No (Not occurred) A

Yes (Occurred) B

B. Perform initialization and learning ag

learning fails twice or more, check tr

A

Check transmission assembly

Page 8: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 8/614

5.TROUBLESHOOTING INITIALIZATION AND LEARNING (VEHICLE DOES NOT START OFF)

HINT:If any malfunctions are suspected in the transmission control system after

reassembling or repairing transmission system components, perform

troubleshooting in accordance with the following chart.

1.Check for DTC output

1. Using an intelligent tester, check for output DTCs.1. Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3.

2. Turn the ignition switch on (IG) and the tester ON.3. Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Multi-Mode M/T / DTC.

4. Read any DTCs.

Result:

Result Proceed To

No DTC output A

DTC output B

B. Go to DTC Chart

A

2.Check clutch position learning condition

1. Check that the clutch position learning has been completed.1. Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3.

2. Turn the ignition switch on (IG) and the tester ON.

3. Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Multi-Mode M/T / DataList.

4.

Read the Learn-Clutch Stopper Point results.

Result:

Result Proceed To

Exec (Executed) A

Notexec (Not executed) B

Page 9: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 9/614

Fail (Failure) C

B. Execute learning again ()

C. Check clutch system

A

3.Check T/M gear position learning condition

1. Check that the T/M gear position learning has been completed.1. Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3.

2.

Turn the ignition switch on (IG) and the tester ON.3. Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Multi-Mode M/T / DataList.

4. Read the Learning-T/M results.

Result:

Result Proceed To

Exec (Executed) A

Notexec (Not executed) B

Fail (Failure) C

B. Execute learning again ()

C. Go to step 8

A

4.Check clutch standby point learning condition

1. Check that the clutch position learning has been completed.1. Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3.

2. Turn the ignition switch on (IG) and the tester ON.

3. Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Multi-Mode M/T / DataList.

4. Read the Learn-Clutch Standby Point results.

Page 10: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 10/614

Result:

Result Proceed To

Exec (Executed) A

Notexec (Not executed) B

Fail (Failure) C

B. Execute learning again (Ignition switstart engine)

C. Check clutch system

A

5.Confirm that gear position in [1st] or [R] when shift lever in [E], [M] or [R]

1. Start the engine.

2. Referring to the shift slit position of the shift and select actuator, check that the

actual transmission gear position is in the 1st or R position when the shift lever position is changed from N to E, M or R.

Page 11: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 11/614

NG. Go to step 9

OK

6.Inspect accelerator pedal position sensor signal

1. Check the accelerator pedal position sensor signal circuit.1. Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3.

2. Turn the ignition switch on (IG) and the tester ON.

3. Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Multi-Mode M/T / Data

List.

Page 12: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 12/614

4. Check that value of the Accelerator Pedal Angle changes in accordance

with the accelerator pedal operation ().

2. Check the CAN communication circuit ().

Standard (1KR-FE):Accelerator Pedal

Operation

Tester

Display

Fully depressed 60 to 100 %

Fully released 0 to 25 %

Standard (2SZ-FE):

Accelerator Pedal

Operation

Tester

Display

Fully depressed 52 to 100 %

Fully released 0 to 22 %

NG. Check engine control system and CAsystem

OK

7.Rev up engine with transmission in neutral

1. Check that the engine can be revved up when the transmission gear is in neutral.

Result:

Result Proceed To

Possible A

Impossible B

B.

Check engine control system

A

Check clutch system and transmission control ECU

Page 13: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 13/614

8.Check whether T/M up-lock has occurred during gear position learning

1. Check whether T/M up-lock has occurred during gear position learning.

1. Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3.2. Turn the ignition switch on (IG) and the tester ON.

3.

Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Multi-Mode M/T / DataList.

4. Read the Possibility of T/M Uplock result.

HINT:T/M up-lock: The transmission gear momentarily cannot be engaged due to

mechanical reasons during gear position learning.Result:

Result Proceed To

No (Not occurred) A

Yes (Occurred) B

B. Perform initialization and learning ag

learning fails twice or more, check tr

A

Check transmission assembly

9.Check whether clutch disengaged when shift lever in [E], [M] or [R]

1. Check the actual clutch state when the shift lever is in the E, M or R position.

Result:

Result Proceed To

Disengaged A

Not disengaged B

B. Check clutch system

A

Check transmission assembly

Page 14: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 14/614

6.PRECAUTIONS REGARDING USE OF SHIFT LOCK RELEASE BUTTON

1. When the vehicle is parked with the shift lever in any position other than N:

The engine cannot be started if the shift lever is moved to any positionother than N by operating the shift lock release button.The shift lever should be moved back to the N position to start the engine.

• The engine cannot be started if the shift lever is in the position it was in

when the vehicle was parked.The shift lever should be moved back to the N position to start the engine.

• When the shift lever is returned to the N position by operating the shift

lock release button, the gear is shifted to neutral when the ignition switch

is turned on (IG) so that the engine can be started.2. When the vehicle is parked with the shift lever in the N position:

• The engine can be started even if the shift lever is moved to any position

other than N by operating the shift lock release button. In this case, thegear is shifted to the position in accordance with the shift lever position

after the engine starts.

Shift lever position when

vehicle parked

Current shiftlever position

Enginecranking

operation

Note

Other than N Other than N* Impossible -

Other than NSame position in

when vehicle parked

Impossible -

Other than N N* PossibleGear shifted to neutral when

ignition switch on (IG)

N Other than N* PossibleGear shifted to position inaccordance with shift lever

position after engine start

N

N

(Same positionin when vehicle

parked)

Possible -

*: The shift lever was moved with the shift lock release button operation.

Page 15: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 15/614

7.OTHER PRECAUTIONS REGARDING MULTI-MODE MANUALTRANSMISSION SYSTEM

• Set the gear in neutral when revving the engine.

• Set the gear to the neutral position before removing the shift and select actuator. Ifthe gear cannot be shifted to the neutral position due to malfunctions of the

actuator and/or transaxle gear, remove the plug from the shift and select actuator

and observe the position of the shift slit within. If the slit is in any position otherthan neutral, use a screwdriver to set it to neutral.

Page 16: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 16/614

8.PRECAUTION REGARDING ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL SYSTEM(FOR 1KR-FE)

1. Perform the electronic throttle learning when the following operations are done ().

• ECM replacement

Throttle body assembly replacement

9.PRECAUTION REGARDING USE OF INTELLIGENT TESTER

NOTICE:

Observe the following items for safety reasons:

• Read its instruction books before using the tester.

• Prevent the tester cable from being caught on the pedals, shift lever and steering

wheel when driving with the tester connected to the vehicle.

When driving the vehicle for testing purposes using the tester, two people arerequired. One drives the vehicle, and the other operates the tester.

Page 17: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 17/614

MULTI-MODE MANUALTRANSAXLE SYSTEM > PARTS

LOCATION

for Preparation

Page 18: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 18/614

1 / 5

Page 19: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 19/614

Page 20: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 20/614

Page 21: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 21/614

Page 22: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 22/614

2 / 5

Page 23: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 23/614

Page 24: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 24/614

Page 25: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 25/614

3 / 5

Page 26: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 26/614

Page 27: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 27/614

Page 28: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 28/614

4 / 5

Page 29: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 29/614

Page 30: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 30/614

Page 31: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 31/614

5 / 5

MULTI-MODE MANUAL

TRANSAXLE SYSTEM > SYSTEM

DIAGRAM

for Preparation

Page 32: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 32/614

Page 33: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 33/614

Page 34: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 34/614

Page 35: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 35/614

Page 36: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 36/614

Page 37: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 37/614

Page 38: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 38/614

Page 39: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 39/614

Page 40: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 40/614

Page 41: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 41/614

Page 42: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 42/614

MULTI-MODE MANUAL

TRANSAXLE SYSTEM > SYSTEMDESCRIPTION

for Preparation

MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM OUTLINE

1.

The multi-mode manual transmission has been developed from the conventionalmanual transmission by adding actuators that are directly controlled by electric

motors. The transmission control system consists of an electronic throttle control

system, clutch actuator, shift and select actuator, sensors, a shift lever, and atransmission control ECU. The system offers automatic clutch operation and two

driving modes: automatic shifting E mode and manual shifting M mode.

Page 43: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 43/614

2. The stroke sensors, which are mounted on each actuator and detect the actuator

operating position, are double non-contact type.3. The multi-mode manual transmission is equipped with a clutch actuator, which

has a motor for clutch engagement, and a shift and select actuator, which has two

motors for shifting and selecting gear shafts that have been used on the

conventional manual transmission. Each actuator operates in accordance withsignals from the transmission control ECU. The transmission control ECU

receives information from the ECM and sensors, and controls the engine and

multi-mode manual transmission.4. The shift lever features a Shift-by-Wire System that electrically detects the shift

lever position chosen by the driver and sends a shift lever position signal to the

transmission control ECU to control the transmission.5. The shift lever has an electrical shift lock mechanism. When the ignition switch is

turned off, or the shift lever is in the N position with the engine running and the

brake pedal released, the shift lever is locked in the current shift position.6. The multi-mode manual transmission system has fail-safe functions. When the

transmission control ECU detects a malfunction in the system, the ECUilluminates the Multi-mode Manual Transmission Warning Light (MMT Warning

Light) to inform the driver that a malfunction has occurred. If necessary, the ECUilluminates the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) and MMT Warning Light

simultaneously. Under such conditions, the fail-safe function allows the vehicle to

be operated in order to avoid emergency situations.

FUNCTIONS OF MAIN COMPONENTS

Components Outlines

Combination

meter (meter ECU)

Controls the operation of the indicator lights, warning light, and

buzzer.

Multi-mode

manual

transmission

warning light(built into

combination

meter)

Illuminates to alert the driver when a malfunction occurs in the

multi-mode manual transmission system.

Gear positionindicator

(built into

combinationmeter)

Indicates the present gear position. The indicator flashes if theactual gear position and the shift lever position do not match.

Mode indicator Indicates E-mode or M-mode.

Page 44: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 44/614

(built into

combination

meter)

Es indicator light

(built into

combinationmeter)

Illuminates when the sporty [Es] pattern is selected during normal

[E] pattern driving in E-mode. Does not illuminate while thenormal [E] pattern is selected.

Buzzer

(built into

combinationmeter)

Sounds if the following conditions met simultaneously:

Engine is running

Shift lever is in E, M or R positionDriver's door is open

Shift lever position

sensor

(built into shiftlever assembly)

Outputs the shift lever position and shift request (+ or -) throughthe ON/OFF combination of 6-contact switch and 2-contact switch.

Transmission shiftmain switch

(built into shiftlever assembly)

Outputs the shift mode signal (E-mode or M-mode).

Shift lock solenoid

(built into shift

lever assembly)

Actuated by the transmission control ECU. Restricts the movementof the shift lever.

Shift motor

(built into shift and

select actuator)

Actuated by the transmission control ECU. Effects the shiftoperation of the shift and select lever shaft.

*

Shift stroke sensor(built into shift and

select actuator)

Detects the shift and select actuator operation position (shift

direction).*

Select motor

(built into shift andselect actuator)

Actuated by the transmission control ECU. Effects the select

operation of the shift and select lever shaft.*

Select stroke

sensor

(built into shift andselect actuator)

Detects the shift and select actuator operation position (select

direction).*

Clutch motor(built into clutchactuator)

Actuated by the transmission control ECU. Engages and

disengages the clutch.

Clutch stroke

sensor

(built into clutchactuator)

Detects the push rod position of the clutch actuator from therotational angle of the worm wheel in the clutch actuator, and sends

the signal to the transmission control ECU.

Page 45: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 45/614

LCC (Load

Controlled Clutch

cover)

The diaphragm spring height of the LCC is adjusted to a

predetermined position automatically, in order to apply a constant

load to the clutch motor.

Transmission

revolution sensor

Detects the input shaft speed of the transaxle and transmits it to the

transmission control ECU.

Park/neutral

position switch(built into

transmission

assembly)

Detects whether the transmission gear is in neutral.

Back-up lightswitch

(built into

transmissionassembly)

Detects whether the transmission gear is in reverse, and illuminatesthe back-up lights.

Stop light switch Detects whether the brake pedal is depressed or released.

Parking brake

switchDetects whether the parking brake lever is applied.

Pattern select [Es]

switch

Outputs the driving pattern (Normal [E] pattern or Sporty [Es] pattern) in E-mode in accordance with the ON/OFF condition to the

transmission control ECU.

Transmission

control ECU

Controls the multi-mode manual transmission system and signals

the ECM to effect engine control during upshifting or downshiftingvia CAN (Controller Area Network) communication.

When the multi-mode manual transmission system malfunctions,

the transmission control ECU diagnoses the malfunctioning areasand stores the data. Furthermore, the multi-mode manual

transmission warning light and malfunction indicator lamp are

illuminated to inform the driver of malfunctions in the system.

Buzzer(built into

transmission

control ECU)

Sounds during system warning.When performing the initialization and learning or the clamp

position adjustment without using intelligent tester, the buzzer

sounds to inform that the ECU mode is changed.

ECM

Outputs sensor information via CAN communication to thetransmission control ECU.

Affects engine control in accordance with signals from thetransmission control ECU.

Accelerator pedal

position sensor

Detects the accelerator pedal position and transmits signals to the

ECM.

Crankshaft

position sensor

Detects the engine speed and transmits signals to the transmission

control ECU via the ECM.

Page 46: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 46/614

HINT:

*: Shift and select directions are as shown in the illustration.

MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM CONTROL

1. System start:

The multi-mode manual transmission system starts when the ignition switch isturned on (IG). The shift lever can be operated when the ignition switch is on and

the brake pedal is depressed. The engine starts when the ignition switch is turnedto the ST position (the engine switch is operated) with the brake pedal depressed

and the gear in neutral.

2. Take off/reverse assist control:When the brake pedal is not depressed with the gear in 1st, 2nd or reverse, the

clutch is half-engaged, even if the accelerator pedal is not depressed. As a result,

the vehicle can creep slowly like an automatic transmission vehicle. This will

assist the vehicle in preparing to move. The take off assist control is cancelled

while the parking brake switch is ON.

HINT:

When attempting to shift to reverse at a vehicle speed of 6 km/h (3.7 mph) ormore, the reverse warning buzzer sounds, and the gear does not shift to reverse.

3. Shift control:When upshifting with the accelerator pedal depressed, the ECM restrains theengine rev up in accordance with the request signal from the transmission control

Page 47: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 47/614

ECU.

[Automatic shift control (E and Es modes)]When the shift lever is in the E position, the most appropriate gear is

automatically selected in accordance with the accelerator pedal opening angle and

the vehicle speed. In addition to this automatic shift control, LHD (Left Hand

Drive) vehicles have kick down control. When the accelerator pedal is fullydepressed until a click is felt, the ECM for LHD vehicles interprets this as the

kick down signal being received. Kick down signals affects the transmission shift

control.Shift control can be switched between normal [E] mode and sporty [Es] mode by

pressing the pattern select switch.

Normal [E] mode: Economical automatic shift control with emphasis on fueleconomy

Sporty [Es] mode: Automatic shift control with emphasis on driving performance

[Sequential shift control (M-mode)]Moving the shift lever to the M position enables the driver to select the gear. The

driver can select gears optionally by shifting the lever to the [+] or [-] position.4. Ascent/descent shift control:

While driving in E-mode or Es-mode, the system operates to prevent excessshifting and obtain the proper driving force and engine brake power by estimating

the road inclination based on the vehicle conditions.

[Ascent shift control]On an ascent, upshifting to the 3rd, 4th or 5th gear is prohibited, depending on the

degree of road inclination.

[Descent shift control]On a descent, the current gear position is maintained, depending on the degree of

road inclination, to obtain engine brake power. When the brake pedal isdepressed, the transmission control ECU automatically downshifts to improve the

vehicle (driving force) control performance.

5. AI (Artificial Intelligence) shift control:The AI shift control enables the transmission control ECU to estimate the road

conditions and the driver's intention in order to automatically select the optimal

shift pattern. This improves the ride comfort.

[Accelerator pedal rapid open control]When the accelerator pedal is rapidly depressed, the system interprets it as an

acceleration demand and advances the downshift timing.

[Accelerator pedal sudden close control]When the accelerator pedal is suddenly released, the system interprets it as a

deceleration demand and ensures the engine brake power without changing gear.

This also ensures there is sufficient driving force for the next acceleration stage.6. Control when the vehicle stops (stopping control):

The transmission control ECU automatically disengages the clutch when the input

speed of the transmission revolution sensor falls below a specified speed. Thisenables the vehicle to stop without stalling. If the shift lever is in the E or M

positions, the transmission control ECU shifts the gear to the most appropriate

position when the vehicle speed decreases to less than a specified speed.

Page 48: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 48/614

HINT:

If the shift lever is kept in the N position for 2 seconds with the brake pedalreleased at a specified vehicle speed or less, the transmission control ECU locks

the shift lever to prevent improper shift lever operation. When depressing the

brake pedal, the shift lever is unlocked.

7. Control when the vehicle is parked (parking control):When the ignition switch is turned off, the transmission control ECU locks the

shift lever in the current position, and 1 second later engages the clutch to park the

vehicle with the gear engaged.

HINT:

The multi-mode manual transmission system does not have a park position. The

vehicle can be parked with the shift lever in any position (N, E, M or R). Whenthe vehicle is parked with the shift lever in a position other than N, the vehicle is

parked with the gear engaged. The vehicle may not be parked with the gear

engaged if the ignition switch is turned off before the gearshift is complete.

MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM REMOVAL ANDINSTALLATION PROCEDURES

The multi-mode manual transmission differs from the conventional manual transmission.

The following operations are necessary when removing and installing the component

parts.

1. CLAMP POSITION ADJUSTMENT

• Preload is applied to the clutch actuator push rod installed on the vehicle.

• Clamp position adjustment is necessary to position the push rod when the

clutch actuator is reinstalled.

• The push rod position of a new clutch actuator is not suitable for clutch

actuator installation. When installing a new clutch actuator, Clamp

Position Adjustment must be performed before the installation.

• The push rod position of a clutch actuator that has been installed on thevehicle is not suitable for clutch actuator reinstallation. Clamp Position

Adjustment must be performed when removing the clutch actuator.

For details of replacement, refer to CLAMP POSITION ADJUSTMENT().

Page 49: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 49/614

Page 50: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 50/614

• Push rod position A (Stopper position):

The stopper position is where the clutch actuator push rod is fullyretracted. Clearance exists between the release bearing and the diaphragm

spring.

• Push rod position B (Clutch clamp position):

The clutch clamp position is where 0 N [newton] of preload is applied tothe diaphragm spring. Removal or installation of the clutch actuator is

possible at this point. No clearance exists between the release bearing and

the diaphragm spring.

• Push rod position C (Complete engagement position):

During normal clutch operation, the push rod alternates between this

position and the standby position (between C and D). When the system isstopped (while the ignition switch is off), the push rod maintains this

position.

• Push rod position D (Standby position):The standby position is where the clutch actuator push rod is protruded

and the clutch is not engaged.2. REPLACEMENT OR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION OF MULTI-MODE

MANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM PARTSRefer to the respective pages for each part.

3. INITIALIZATION AND LEARNING

1. INITIALIZATION OF TRANSMISSION SYSTEM:

• The transmission control ECU stores information from eachcomponent, such as sensors and motors, to control the system.

• Sensors and motors that comprise the multi-mode manual

transmission system have individual specification values. Thetransmission control ECU learns and stores these values, and

controls the multi-mode manual transmission system. Therefore,the values stored in the transmission control ECU must be cleared

when the sensor or actuator is replaced.

• Learning of the multi-mode manual transmission system can be

performed when there is no learning value in the ECU. It istherefore necessary to perform initialization of the transmission

control ECU before performing learning of the multi-mode manual

transmission system.

• For details of replacement, refer to INITIALIZATION AND

LEARNING ().

2. LEARNING OF MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM:

This operation is performed to store the individual specificationvalues of components, such as sensors and actuators, in the

transmission control ECU.

• For details of replacement, refer to INITIALIZATION AND

LEARNING ().

NOTICE:

Page 51: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 51/614

Perform this operation after initialization of the multi-mode manual transmission

system.

4. SYNCHRONIZATION POSITION CALIBRATION

• The transmission components have individual specification values. The

transmission control ECU learns and stores those values, and controls thegearshift accurately. Synchronization position calibration corrects andadjusts the shift points appropriately in accordance with the individual

specification values of the components.

• For details of replacement, refer to SYNCHRONIZATION POSITION

CALIBRATION ().

MULTI-MODE MANUAL

Page 52: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 52/614

TRANSAXLE SYSTEM > HOW TO

PROCEED WITH

TROUBLESHOOTINGfor Preparation

1.VEHICLE BROUGHT TO WORKSHOP

NEXT

2.CUSTOMER PROBLEM ANALYSIS

NEXT

3.CONNECT INTELLIGENT TESTER TO DLC3

HINT:

If the display indicates a communication fault in the tool, inspect the DLC3.

NEXT

4.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

1. Check for output DTCs.

HINT:

Page 53: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 53/614

The ECM of this system is connected to the CAN communication system.

Therefore, before starting troubleshooting, check that there is no trouble in theCAN communication system ().

Result:

Display (DTC Output) Proceed To

CAN communication system DTCs A

No output B

A. PROCEED TO CAN

COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

B. Go to step 5

5.CHECK DTC AND FREEZE FRAME DATA

NOTICE:

Record or print DTCs and freeze frame data, if necessary. Refer to the relevant

pages ().

NEXT

6.CLEAR DTC AND FREEZE FRAME DATA

HINT:

Refer to the relevant pages ().

NEXT

7.VISUAL INSPECTION

Page 54: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 54/614

NEXT

8.PROBLEM SYMPTOM CONFIRMATION

Result:

Result Proceed To

Symptom does not occur A

Symptom occurs B

A. Go to step 9

B. Go to step 10

9.SYMPTOM SIMULATION

HINT:

Refer to the relevant pages ().

NEXT

10.DTC CHECK

HINT:Refer to the relevant pages ().

Result:

Display (DTC Output) Proceed To

Output A

Page 55: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 55/614

No output B

A. Go to step 11

B. Go to step 12

11.DTC CHART

HINT:

Refer to the relevant pages ().

NEXT

Go to step 13

12.PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE

HINT:Refer to the relevant pages ().

NEXT

13.CIRCUIT INSPECTION

HINT:

Refer to the relevant pages ().

NEXT

14.IDENTIFICATION OF PROBLEM

NEXT

Page 56: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 56/614

15.ADJUSTMENT, REPAIR

NEXT

16.CONFIRMATION TEST

NEXT

END

Page 57: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 57/614

MULTI-MODE MANUAL

TRANSAXLE SYSTEM >INITIALIZATION

for Preparation

INITIALIZATION AND LEARNING USING INTELLIGENT TESTER

HINT:

• By using an intelligent tester, initialization and learning of the multi-mode manual

transmission system can be performed sequentially. Under manual operation (not

using intelligent tester), initialization and learning must be performedindividually.

• The learning values and the DTC history of the multi-mode manual transmission

system are stored in the EEPROM in the transmission control ECU. The storedinformation is not cleared even when the negative terminal of the battery is

disconnected. To clear all the stored information, initialize the transmission

control ECU.

• Perform the procedure below to ensure that the initialized transmission controlECU stores the adjusted clutch position (stopper position, clamp position, and

standby position) or gear position (shift position and select position).

• If the initialization cannot be performed normally, there may be a malfunction in

the shift lever position sensor, NE signals, or CAN communication.

• When replacing the following parts, proceed with the operation in the order listed

in the table below.

Parts installed Operation orderSee

procedure1. INITIALIZATION OF MULTI-MODEMANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM

[Initialization of ECU]

See below

2. LEARNING OF MULTI-MODEMANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM

See below

• Transmission assembly

• Transmission parts

(inside gear box)

• Shift and select actuator

(with clutch actuator)

• Transmission control3. SYNCHRONIZATION POSITION

Page 58: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 58/614

ECU CALIBRATION

1. INITIALIZATION OF MULTI-MODE

MANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM

[Initialization of transmission]

See below

2. LEARNING OF MULTI-MODEMANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM

See below

• Shift stroke sensor

• Select stroke sensor

3. SYNCHRONIZATION POSITION

CALIBRATION

1. INITIALIZATION OF MULTI-MODEMANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM

[Initialization of clutch]

See below• Clutch actuator

• Clutch stroke sensor

• Clutch disc and clutch

cover

• Clutch release bearing

• Clutch release fork

Clutch release lever• Flywheel

• End plate (2SZ-FE

only)

• Crankshaft

2. LEARNING OF MULTI-MODE

MANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEMSee below

1. Prepare the vehicle:

• Stop the vehicle

• Shift the shift lever to the N position.

• Turn the ignition switch off.

2. Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3.

Page 59: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 59/614

3. Turn the ignition switch on (IG).

4. Turn the intelligent tester ON.5. Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Multi-Mode M/T / Utility / Parts

Exchange.

6. Read the information.

7. Press the Next key.

8. Read the information.

9. After checking the vehicle condition, press the Next key.

Page 60: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 60/614

10.

Read the information.11. Press the Next key.

12. Read the information.

13. Press the Next key.

Page 61: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 61/614

14. On the Multi-Mode M/T / Utility screen, select Step 3 Initial Learning.

15. Press the Next key.

16. Select the appropriate operation.

HINT:

• Initialization of clutch: when removing and installing the following partsrelated to the clutch system.

Clutch actuator, clutch stroke sensor, clutch disc and clutch cover, clutchrelease bearing, clutch release fork or fork lever, flywheel, and end plate.

• Initialization of transmission: when removing and installing the parts

related to the shift and select operation of the transmission assembly.

• Initialization of ECU: This initializes learned values of both the clutch and

transmission.

17. Press the Next key.

Page 62: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 62/614

18.

Read the information.19. Press the Next key after turning the ignition switch off.

20. Wait 10 seconds.

HINT:Count down the seconds from 10 to 0.

Page 63: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 63/614

21. Read the information.

22. Press the Next key after turning the ignition switch on (IG).

23.

Wait 40 seconds.

HINT:

Count down the seconds from 40 to 0.

Page 64: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 64/614

24. Press the Exit key.25. Complete Initialization and Learning.

26. Turn the intelligent tester OFF and turn the ignition switch off.

27. Wait at least 20 seconds.28. Turn the ignition switch on (IG).

29. Depress the brake pedal with the shift lever position in the N position.

30. Start the engine and wait at least 10 seconds.

31. Shift the gear from neutral to any other position.

HINT:

• When [Initialization of transmission] was selected at step (p), add the

following step between steps (w) and (x).

Additional step: (w') Wait at least 30 seconds.

• If the Initialization and Learning operations fail, perform the operations

again from step (a) more than 15 seconds after turning the ignition switchoff.

• Perform Synchronization Position Calibration after performing

Initialization of transmission or Initialization of ECU.

• Shifting the gear from neutral to any other position at last, the

transmission control ECU learns the standby point. At this time, the value

of Learn-Clutch Standby Point in the Data List changes from [Notexec] to

[Exec].

INITIALIZATION OF MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM

Page 65: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 65/614

WITHOUT USING INTELLIGENT TESTER

HINT:

• The learning values and the DTC history of the multi-mode manual transmissionsystem are stored in the EEP ROM in the transmission control ECU. The stored

information is not cleared even when the negative terminal of the battery isdisconnected. To clear all the stored information, initialize the transmissioncontrol ECU.

• If the initialization of the multi-mode manual transmission system fails, perform

the operation again from step (a) more than 15 seconds after turning the ignitionswitch off.

• If the initialization cannot be performed normally, there may be a malfunction in

the shift lever position sensor, NE signals, or CAN communication.

• When replacing the following parts, proceed with the operations in the order

listed in the table below.

Parts installed Operation orderSee

procedure

1. INITIALIZATION OF MULTI-MODE

MANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM

[Initialization of ECU]

See below

2. LEARNING OF MULTI-MODEMANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM

See below

• Transmission assembly

• Transmission parts

(inside gear box)

• Shift and select actuator(with clutch actuator)

• Transmission control

ECU 3. SYNCHRONIZATION POSITION

CALIBRATION

1. INITIALIZATION OF MULTI-MODEMANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM

[Initialization of transmission]

See below

2. LEARNING OF MULTI-MODEMANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM

See below

• Shift stroke sensor

• Select stroke sensor

3. SYNCHRONIZATION POSITION

CALIBRATION

1. INITIALIZATION OF MULTI-MODE

MANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM[Initialization of clutch] See below

• Clutch actuator

Clutch stroke sensor• Clutch disc and clutch

cover

• Clutch release bearing

• Clutch release fork

• Clutch release lever

• Flywheel

• End plate (2SZ-FE

2. LEARNING OF MULTI-MODEMANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM

See below

Page 66: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 66/614

only)

• Crankshaft

1. Prepare the vehicle:

Stop the vehicle.• Shift the lever to the N position.

• Turn the ignition switch off.

2. Using SST, connect terminals TC (13) and CG (4) of the DLC3.

SST09843-18040

3. Wait at least 10 seconds.

4. Turn the ignition switch on (IG).

Page 67: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 67/614

Page 68: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 68/614

9.

Depress the brake pedal once.

0. The buzzer sounds at intervals of 0.5 seconds as follows (an interval of 2.5

seconds exists between each cycle).

• Twice when initializing the ECU (one cycle)

• Three times when initializing the clutch (one cycle)

• Four times when initializing the transmission (one cycle)

HINT:

• If the buzzer does not sound as specified, wait at least 15 seconds

after turning the ignition switch off. Then, perform the procedurefrom step (a) again.

• If the buzzer sounds at intervals of 1 second (not at intervals of 0.5

seconds), wait at least 15 seconds after turning the ignition switch

off. Then, perform the procedure from step (a) again.10. Depress the brake pedal 3 times or more within 2 seconds.

0. The buzzer sounds twice with an interval of 0.25 seconds.11. Turn the ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds.

12. The initialization is complete.

13. Disconnect the SST from terminals TC and CG of the DLC3.

LEARNING OF MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM WITHOUTUSING INTELLIGENT TESTER

HINT:

Page 69: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 69/614

• Perform the procedure below to ensure that the initialized transmission control

ECU stores the adjusted clutch position or gear position.

• If the learning of the multi-mode manual transmission system fails, perform the

operation again from step (a) more than 15 seconds after turning the ignition

switch off.

1. Prepare the vehicle:

• Stop the vehicle.

• Shift the shift lever to the N position.

• Turn the ignition switch off.2. Turn the ignition switch on (IG).

3. Wait at least 40 seconds.

4. Turn the ignition switch off.5. Wait at least 20 seconds.

6. Turn the ignition switch on (IG).

7. Start the engine under the following conditions:

Shift lever is in the N position.• Brake pedal is depressed.

HINT:

The shift N position indicator blinks when the engine starts.

8. Wait at least 10 seconds.9. Check that the shift N position indicator turns on continuously (stops blinking).

10. The learning is complete.

Page 70: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 70/614

MULTI-MODE MANUAL

TRANSAXLE SYSTEM >

CALIBRATIONfor Preparation

SYNCHRONIZATION POSITION CALIBRATION

For smoother shifting, the transmission control ECU learns the synchronization position

of the transmission gears. Perform the synchronization position calibration of the multi-

mode manual transmission while driving the vehicle after repairing system components.

HINT:When replacing the following parts, proceed with the operation in the order listed

in the table below.

Parts installed Operation orderSee

procedure

1. INITIALIZATION OF MULTI-MODE

MANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM[Initialization of ECU]

2. LEARNING OF MULTI-MODEMANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM

• Transmission assembly

• Transmission parts(inside gear box)

Shift and select actuator(with clutch actuator)

• Transmission control

ECU 3. SYNCHRONIZATION POSITIONCALIBRATION

See below

• Shift stroke sensor1. INITIALIZATION OF MULTI-MODE

MANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM

Page 71: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 71/614

[Initialization of transmission]

2. LEARNING OF MULTI-MODE

MANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM• Select stroke sensor

3. SYNCHRONIZATION POSITIONCALIBRATION

See below

1. INITIALIZATION OF MULTI-MODE

MANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM[Initialization of clutch]

• Clutch actuator

• Clutch stroke sensor

• Clutch disc and clutch

cover

• Clutch release bearing

• Clutch release fork

• Clutch release lever

• Flywheel

• End plate (2SZ-FEonly)

Crankshaft

2. LEARNING OF MULTI-MODE

MANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM

1. While driving the vehicle in M-mode, shift up and down between 1st and 5th at

the vehicle speeds specified below.2. Check that the gears shift smoothly.

Recommended Gear Shifting Speeds

Gear Change Gear Position Vehicle Speed

1st→2nd 25 to 40 km/h (15.5 to 24.8 mph)

2nd→3rd 45 to 80 km/h (27.9 to 49.7 mph)

3rd→4th 60 to 110 km/h (37.2 to 68.3 mph)Up shift

4th→5th 75 to 140 km/h (46.6 to 86.9 mph)

Down shift 2nd→1st 25 to 35 km/h (15.5 to 21.7 mph)

3. HINT:

• Leave an interval of more than 2 seconds between gear changes.

• If there is a shock when changing gears after the synchronization position

calibration, perform the synchronization position calibration again.

Page 72: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 72/614

MULTI-MODE MANUAL

TRANSAXLE SYSTEM > PROBLEMSYMPTOMS TABLE

for Preparation

HINT:

• When a malfunction cannot be confirmed by conducting a DTC check and the

cause of the problem cannot be identified through a basic inspection, troubleshootin accordance with the priority order indicated in the table below.

• Inspect the fuse and relay before confirming the suspected areas as shown in the

chart below.

NOTICE:When removing the following parts, perform the operations correctly by

following the precautions on the relevant pages.

Page 73: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 73/614

Problem Symptoms for Multi-Mode Manual Transmission

Symptom Suspected areaSee

page

1. Transmission unit (Gears, bearings,

shift fork, synchronizer ring, shift key,etc.)

2. Clutch disk (Clutch cover)

3. Clutch stroke sensor

4. Clutch actuator assembly

5. Shift stroke sensor

6. Select stroke sensor

7. Shift and select actuator

8. Shift lever position sensor

9. Shift lever assembly

10. Speed signal circuit

No up-shift, No down-shift

11. Transmission control ECU

1. Multi-mode manual transmissionwarning light circuit

2. IG signal circuit

3. ECU power source circuit

Multi-mode manual transmission

warning light defective

4. Transmission control ECU1. Multi-mode manual transmission

warning light circuit

2. IG signal circuitShift position indicator light defective

3. Transmission control ECU

Buzzer does not sound when incorrect

operation occurs (built into transmissioncontrol ECU)

1. Transmission control ECU

1. Multi-mode manual transmission

warning light circuit

2. IG signal circuit

3. Front door courtesy switch

4. Combination meter

Buzzer does not sound when incorrectoperation occurs (built into combination

meter)

5. Transmission control ECU

Shift impossible to any gear1. Transmission unit (Gears, bearings,shift fork, synchronizer ring, shift key,

Page 74: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 74/614

Page 75: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 75/614

2. Transmission shift main switch

3. Shift lever position sensor

down during E mode driving

4. Transmission control ECU

1. Transmission shift main switch

2. Shift lever assemblyMode switch impossible (E to M)

3. Transmission control ECU

1. Shift lever position sensorSetting to 1st or R positions impossible

2. Transmission control ECU

1. Accelerator pedal position sensor

(1KR-FE)

2. Accelerator pedal position sensor(2SZ-FE)

Shift timing delays occur during M

mode driving

3. Transmission control ECU

1. Parking brake switch circuitAssist control does not operate when

engine started 2. Transmission control ECU

1. SFI system (1KR-FE)

2. SFI system (2SZ-FE)

3. Starter signal circuit

4. Stop light switch circuit

5. Shift lever position sensor

6. Starter (for 1KR-FE 0.9 kW)

7. Starter (for 1KR-FE 1.3 kW)8. Starter (for 2SZ-FE)

Engine does not crank

10. Transmission control ECU

1. Oil (level low)

2. Oil (Wrong)

3. Gear (Worn or damaged) Noise

4. Bearing (Worn or damaged)

1. Oil (Level too high)

2. Gasket (Damaged)

3. Oil seal (Worn or damaged)Oil leakage

4. O-ring (Worn or damaged)

Page 76: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 76/614

MULTI-MODE MANUALTRANSAXLE SYSTEM >

TERMINALS OF ECU

for Preparation

Transmission Control ECU:

Page 77: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 77/614

Symbols(Terminal

No.)

WiringColor

Terminal Description ConditionSpecifiedCondition

+B - GND

(D79-1 -D79-6)

B - W-BBattery (ECU power

source)Always 10 to 14 V

IG - GND

(D79-3 -

D79-6)

O - W-B Ignition switchIgnition switch off →

on (IG)Below 1 V→

10 to 14 V

PKB - GND(D79-4 -

D79-6)

P - W-B Parking brake switch

Ignition switch on(IG),

Parking brake switch

OFF→ ON

(Parking brake leverreleased→ pulled)

10 to 14 V →

Below 1 V

SLS - GND

(D79-5 -

D79-6)

LG - W-

BShift lock solenoid

Ignition switch on

(IG),Brake pedal depressed

→ Released

10 to 14 V →

Below 1 V

GND - Body

ground(D79-6 -

Body

ground)

W-B -

Bodyground

Ground Always Below 1 Ω

MDSW -

GND

(D79-10 -

D79-6)

L - W-BTransmission shift

main switch

Ignition switch on

(IG),

Shift lever position E→ M

10 to 14 V → Below 1 V

LS4C -

GNDB - W-B

Shift lever position

sensor

Ignition switch on

(IG),

10 to 14 V →

Below 1 V

Page 78: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 78/614

(D79-11 -

D79-6)

Shift lever position N→ except N

LS3C -GND

(D79-12 -

D79-6)

W - W-BShift lever position

sensor

Ignition switch on(IG),

Shift lever position E

or M→ R or N

10 to 14 V →

Below 1 V

LS2C -GND

(D79-13 -

D79-6)

LG - W-

B

Shift lever position

sensor

Ignition switch on(IG),

Shift lever position R→ Except R

10 to 14 V →

Below 1 V

LSW5 -GND

(D79-15 -

D79-6)

R - W-BShift lever position

sensor

Ignition switch on(IG),

Shift lever position

except [-] → [-]

10 to 14 V →

Below 1 V

LSW4 -

GND(D79-16 -

D79-6)

G - W-B Shift lever positionsensor

Ignition switch on

(IG),Shift lever position

except N→ N

10 to 14 V → Below 1 V

LSW3 -

GND(D79-17 -

D79-6)

B - W-BShift lever position

sensor

Ignition switch on

(IG),

Shift lever position R

or N→ Except R and N

10 to 14 V → Below 1 V

LSW2 -

GND

(D79-18 -D79-6)

W - W-BShift lever position

sensor

Ignition switch on

(IG),

Shift lever positionexcept R→ R

10 to 14 V →

Below 1 V

LSW1 -

GND(D79-19 -

D79-6)

GR - W-

B

Shift lever position

sensor

Ignition switch on

(IG),Shift lever position

except [+] → [+]

10 to 14 V →

Below 1 V

PWR - GND

(D79-23 -

D79-6)

GR - W-

BPattern select switch

Ignition switch on

(IG),Pattern select switch

OFF→ ON

10 to 14 V →

Below 1 V

DG - GND(D79-25 -D79-6)

P - W-B Terminal TC of DLC3 Ignition switch on (IG)→ Connect terminalsTC and CG of DLC3

10 to 14 V → Below 1 V

INDC -

GND

(D79-29 -D79-6)

R - W-BCommunication line

with combination

meter

Always Below 1.44 V

Page 79: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 79/614

INDA -

GND

(D79-31 -D79-6)

Y - W-B

Communication line

with combinationmeter

Ignition switch on (IG)

Pulse

generation

(See waveform1)

STP - GND

(D79-34 -D79-6)

G - W-B Stop light switch Brake pedal depressed→ Released 10 to 14 V → Below 1 V

ST1- - GND(D79-35 -

D79-6)

Y - W-B Stop light switch

Ignition switch on

(IG),

Brake pedal released→ depressed

10 to 14 V → Below 1 V

CAN+ -

CAN-

(A38-1 -A38-2)

W - B CAN communication Ignition switch on (IG)

Pulse

generation

(See waveform2)

MREL -GND

(A38-5 -D79-6)

LG - W-

B

AMT relay (motor

power source)

Ignition switch off →

on (IG)

Below 1 V→

10 to 14 V

STA - GND(A38-6 -

D79-6)

SB - W-BStarter relay operation

signal

(input)

Ignition switch off,

Brake pedal depressed,

Shift lever position N→ Starter operates

Below 1 V→

10 to 14 V

RSW - GND

(A38-9 -

D79-6)

R - W-B Back-up light switch

Ignition switch on

(IG),

Shift lever positionexcept R→ R

Below 1 V→

10 to 14 V

NE - GND

(A38-10 -

D79-6)

L - W-BEngine speed signal

from ECMIdling

Pulse

generation(See waveform

3)

NIP- - NIP+

(A38-15 -

A38-16)

V - PTransmission

revolution sensor

Engine running,

Clutch engaged

(during driving)

Pulse

generation(See waveform

4)

E2S1 - GND(A38-17 -D79-6)

P - W-B Shift stroke sensorground(main)

Always Below 1Ω

VSS1 -

GND

(A38-18 -D79-6)

B - W-BShift stroke sensor

voltage monitor

(main)

Ignition switch on (IG) 0.5 V to 4.5 V

Page 80: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 80/614

VCS1 -

GND

(A38-19 -D79-6)

W - W-BShift stroke sensor

power source (main)Ignition switch on (IG) 4.5 V to 5.5 V

VCL1 -

GND(A38-20 -

D79-6)

O - W-B Select stroke sensor power source (main)

Ignition switch on (IG) 4.5 V to 5.5 V

VSL1 -

GND(A38-21 -

D79-6)

V - W-B

Select stroke sensor

voltage monitor

(main)

Ignition switch on (IG) 0.5 V to 4.5 V

E2L1 -

GND(A38-22 -

D79-6)

Y - W-BSelect stroke sensor

ground (main)Always Below 1 Ω

SPD - GND

(A38-23 -

D79-6)

V - W-B Vehicle speed signal

Ignition switch on

(IG),

during driving

Pulse

generation(See waveform

5)

E2L2 -

GND(A38-24 -

D79-6)

GR - W-

B

Select stroke sensor

ground (sub)Always Below 1 Ω

E2R1 -

GND(A38-25 -

D79-6)

LG - W-B Clutch stroke sensorground (main) Always Below 1 Ω

VSR1 -GND

(A38-26 -

D79-6)

B - W-B

Clutch stroke sensor

voltage monitor

(main)

Ignition switch on (IG) 0.5 V to 4.5 V

VCR1 -GND

(A38-27 -

D79-6)

W - W-BClutch stroke sensor

power source (main)Ignition switch on (IG) 4.5 V to 5.5 V

E2S2 - GND(A38-28 -

D79-6)

GR - W-

B

Shift stroke sensor

ground (sub)Always Below 1 Ω

VSS2 -

GND(A38-29 -

D79-6)

BR - W-

B

Shift stroke sensor

voltage monitor (sub)Ignition switch on (IG) 0.5 V to 4.5 V

Page 81: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 81/614

VCS2 -

GND

(A38-30 -D79-6)

R - W-BShift stroke sensor

power source (sub)Ignition switch on (IG) 4.5 V to 5.5 V

VCL2 -

GND(A38-31 -

D79-6)

L - W-B Select stroke sensor power source (sub)

Ignition switch on (IG) 4.5 V to 5.5 V

VSL2 -

GND(A38-32 -

D79-6)

LG - W-

B

Select stroke sensor

voltage monitor (sub)Ignition switch on (IG) 0.5 V to 4.5 V

E2R2 -

GND(A38-33 -

D79-6)

GR - W-

B

Clutch stroke sensor

ground (sub)Always Below 1 Ω

VSR2 -

GND(A38-34 -

D79-6)

BR - W-

B

Clutch stroke sensor

voltage monitor (sub)Ignition switch on (IG) 0.5 V to 4.5 V

VCR2 -

GND(A38-35 -

D79-6)

G - W-BClutch stroke sensor

power source (sub)Ignition switch on (IG) 4.5 V to 5.5 V

MSF+ -

GND(A37-1 -

D79-6)

B - W-B Shift motor

Ignition switch on

(IG),motor not operating→

operating

Pulse

generation()

+BM - GND(A37-2 -

D79-6)

B - W-B Motor power sourceIgnition switch off →

on (IG)

Below 1 V→

10 to 14 V

MSF- -

GND(A37-3 -

D79-6)

W - W-B Shift motor

Ignition switch on

(IG),motor not operating→

operating

Below 1 V→

Pulsegeneration

()

MSL- -GND(A37-4 -

D79-6)

L - W-B Select motorIgnition switch on(IG),

motor not operating→

operating

Below 1 V→ Pulsegeneration

()

MSL+ -

GND(A37-5 -

D79-6)

B - W-B Select motor

Ignition switch on

(IG),motor not operating→

operating

Below 1 V→

Pulsegeneration

()

Page 82: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 82/614

MCL- -

GND

(A37-6 -D79-6)

GR - W-

BClutch motor

Ignition switch on

(IG),

motor not operating→ operating

Below 1 V→

Pulse

generation()

MCL+ -

GND(A37-7 -

D79-6)

G - W-B Clutch motor

Ignition switch on

(IG),motor not operating→

operating

Below 1 V→

Pulsegeneration

()

PGND -

Bodyground

(A37-8 -

Bodyground)

W-B -

Bodyground

Ground Always Below 1 Ω

1. Waveform 1:

Communication with Combination Meter

Terminal INDA - GND

Gauge set 2 V/DIV, 500 μs/DIV

Condition Ignition switch on (IG)

2.

Page 83: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 83/614

3. Waveform 2:

CAN Communication Terminal

Terminal CAN+ - CAN-

Gauge set 1 V/DIV, 50 μs/DIV

Condition Ignition switch on (IG)

4.

5. Waveform 3:

Engine speed signal from ECM

Terminal NE - GND

Gauge set 5 V/DIV, 5 ms/DIV

Condition Engine idling

Page 84: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 84/614

6.

7. Waveform 4:

Transmission Revolution Sensor Terminal

Terminal NIP- - NIP+

Gauge set 500 mV/DIV, 500 μs/DIV

ConditionVehicle speed of

approximately 30 km/h (19

mph)

8.

Page 85: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 85/614

9. Waveform 5:

Vehicle Speed Signal Terminal

Terminal SPD - GND

Gauge set 5 V/DIV, 20 ms/DIV

ConditionVehicle speed of

approximately 20 km/h (12

mph)

ECM:

Symbols

(Terminal No.)Wiring Color

Terminal

DescriptionCondition

Specified

Condition

CAN+ - CAN-

(A32-34 - A32-

26)

W - BCAN

Communication

Ignition switch

on (IG)

Pulse

generation(See waveform

1)

NEO - E1(C33-64 - A32-

1)

L - W-BEngine speed

signalEngine idling

Pulse

generation(See waveform

2)

E1 - Body

ground(A32-1 - Body

ground)

W-B - Body

groundGround Always Below 1 Ω

Page 86: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 86/614

1. Waveform 1:

CAN Communication Terminal

Terminal CAN+ - CAN-

Gauge set 1 V/DIV, 50 μs/DIV

Condition Ignition switch on (IG)

2.

3. Waveform 2:

Engine speed signal

Terminal NEO - E1

Page 87: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 87/614

Gauge set 5 V/DIV, 5 ms/DIV

Condition Engine idling

MULTI-MODE MANUAL

TRANSAXLE SYSTEM >

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEMfor Preparation

Page 88: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 88/614

DESCRIPTION

• The transmission control ECU has a self-diagnosis system. If the ECU, the multi-mode manual transmission system or any components fail to operate correctly, the

ECU detects the malfunction, and illuminates the multi-mode manualtransmission warning light on the combination meter.

The multi-mode manual transmission warning light is illuminated when the multi-

mode manual transmission system malfunctions.

• When troubleshooting Euro-OBD vehicles, the only difference from the usualtroubleshooting procedure is that an OBD scan tool (complying with ISO 15765-

4) or an intelligent tester is connected to the vehicle, and various data output fromthe vehicle ECU is read.

• Euro-OBD regulations require that the vehicle's on board computer illuminates

the MIL (Malfunction Indicator Lamp) on the combination meter when the ECM(Engine Control Module) detects a malfunction in: 1) the emission control

systems and components, or 2) the powertrain control components (which affect

vehicle emissions), or 3) the ECM. Therefore, the transmission control ECU

Page 89: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 89/614

illuminates the MIL and multi-mode manual transmission warning light together

if malfunctions related to these systems or components are detected.

• If the malfunction does not recur on 3 consecutive trips, the MIL goes out

automatically. However, the DTCs remain recorded in the transmission control

ECU memory.

• To check DTCs, connect the OBD scan tool or intelligent tester to the DLC3(Data Link Connector 3) on the vehicle. The OBD scan tool or intelligent tester

also enables the DTCs to be erased and the freeze frame data and various forms of

engine data to be checked. See the instruction manual of the OBD scan tool orintelligent tester for details.

• The DTCs include ISO controlled codes and manufacturer controlled codes. ISO

controlled codes must be set as prescribed by the ISO, while manufacturer

controlled codes can be set by the manufacturer within prescribed limits ().

FREEZE FRAME DATA

• Freeze frame data record the vehicle conditions (engine speed, vehicle speed,

transmission gear position, shift position, etc.) when malfunctions are detected.When troubleshooting, the freeze frame data can help determine if the vehicle was

moving or stationary, if the engine was warmed up or not, the transmission gearwas in neutral or not, and other data, from the time the malfunction occurred.

DLC3 (Data Link Connector 3)

Page 90: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 90/614

1. The ECU uses ISO 15765-4 for communication. The terminal arrangement of theDLC3 complies with ISO 15031-3 and matches the ISO 15765-4 format.

SymbolTerminal

No. Name

Reference

terminalResult Condition

SIL 7 Bus "+" line5-Signal

ground

Pulse

generation

During

transmission

CG 4Chassisground

Body ground 1 Ω or less Always

SG 5Signal

groundBody ground 1 Ω or less Always

BAT 16 Battery positive

Body ground 9 to 14 V Always

14 - CANL 54 to 69 Ω Ignition switch

off *

Battery positive

1 MΩ orhigher

Ignition switchoff *

CANH 6CAN "High"

line

4 - CG1 k Ω or

higher

Ignition switch

off *

Battery

positive

1 MΩ or

higher

Ignition switch

off *

CANL 14

CAN "Low"

line4 - CG

1 k Ω or

higher

Ignition switch

off *

2.

NOTICE:

3. *: Before measuring the resistance, leave the vehicle as is for at least 1 minute and

do not operate the ignition switch, any other switches or the doors.

4. HINT:

Page 91: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 91/614

5. The DLC3 is the interface prepared for reading various data from the vehicle's

ECU. After connecting the cable of an intelligent tester or OBD scan tool, turn theignition switch on (IG) and turn the tester or scan tool ON.

6. If a communication failure message is displayed on the tester or scan tool screen

(on the tester: no information available), a problem exists in either the vehicle or

tester. In order to identify the location of the problem, connect the tester toanother vehicle.

If communication is normal: Inspect the DLC3 on the original vehicle.

If communication is impossible: The problem is probably with the tester itself.

Consult the service department listed in the instruction manual.

CHECK MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSMISSION WARNING LIGHT

1. Turn the ignition switch on (IG).

2. Check that the warning light illuminates for 5 seconds. If the warning light does

not illuminate, proceed to troubleshooting the multi-mode manual transmissionwarning light circuit ().

BATTERY VOLTAGE

1. Measure the voltage of the battery.

Standard voltage:

11 to 14 V

If the voltage is below 11 V, recharge the battery before proceeding.

Page 92: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 92/614

2. Inspect the battery, fuses, fusible links, wiring harness, connectors and ground.

MULTI-MODE MANUAL

TRANSAXLE SYSTEM > DTC

CHECK / CLEAR

for Preparation

HINT:

Page 93: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 93/614

DTCs which are stored in the transmission control ECU can be displayed on the

intelligent tester.

CHECK DTC (Using intelligent tester)

1. Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3.

2. Turn the ignition switch on (IG) and turn the intelligent tester ON.3. Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Multi-Mode M/T.

4. Check DTCs and freeze frame data, and write them down.

5. See DTC chart to confirm the details of the DTCs ().

HINT:Intelligent testers can display current DTC data, pending DTC data and historical

DTC data. Touch the [Current], [Pending] or [History] button on the DTC displayscreen.

[Current]: Displays the current DTC data.

[Pending]: Displays the pending DTC data

[History]: Displays the historical DTC data (past codes).

FREEZE FRAME DATA

1.

Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3.2. Turn the ignition switch on (IG) and turn the intelligent tester ON.3. Read DTCs by selecting the following menu items: Powertrain / Multi-Mode M/T

/ DTC.4. Select the parameter(s) to check the freeze frame data.

5. Note down the DTC(s) and freeze frame data.

HINT:

Page 94: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 94/614

• A "!" displayed to the left of DTC data shown in red indicates that freeze

frame data has been recorded for that parameter.

• For further information about using the intelligent tester, refer to the

instruction manual.

CLEAR DTCs AND FREEZE FRAME DATA (Using intelligent tester)

1. Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3.2. Turn the ignition switch on (IG) and turn the intelligent tester ON.3. Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Multi-Mode M/T / DTC / Clear.

4. Erase DTCs and freeze frame data by pressing the YES button on the tester.

HINT:

For further information about using the intelligent tester, refer to the instruction

manual.

Page 95: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 95/614

MULTI-MODE MANUAL

TRANSAXLE SYSTEM > FAIL-SAFE CHART

for Preparation

FAIL-SAFE CHART

1.

If any of the following codes is recorded, the transmission control ECU enters thefail-safe mode.

DTC No. Malfunction Areas Fail-safe Functions Fail-safe D

• P0806

• P0807

• P0808

• P0810

• P0900

• Clutch stroke

sensor or its circuit

• Clutch

actuator assembly or

its circuit

• Gear does

not change

• Vehicle doesnot start moving

again after stopping

Either (a) or

10. cond

11.

dete

off

• P0807

• P0808

• P0906

• P0907

• P0916

• Clutch stroke

sensor or its circuit

• Select stroke

sensor or its circuit

• Shift stroke

• Limit to 3rd

gears or lower

Either of (a)

22. follo

Page 96: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 96/614

• P0917 sensor or its circuit

23. dete

off

• P0905

P0906• P0907

• P0909

• P0910

• P0915

• P0916

• P0917

• P0919

• P0920

• Shift stroke

sensor or its circuit• Shift

actuator assembly or

its circuit

• Select stroke

sensor or its circuit

• Select

actuator assembly or

its circuit

• Gear does

not change

• Vehicle does

not start moving

again after stopping

Either (a) or

40. cond

41.

dete

off

• P0725• Engine speed

input circuit

• Convert

engine revolutionsignals into CAN

communication

signals

• No effect

Either (a) or

46. cond

47.

dete

off

• P0500

• P0715

• Vehicle

speed sensor or its

circuit

• Gear does

not shift down while

driving

Either (a) or

54.

Page 97: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 97/614

• Transmission

revolution sensor or

its circuit

• Only

possible to drive in

1st or reverse gears

after vehicle stops

cond

55.

dete

off

• P0603

• P0885

• Transmission

control ECU• Clutch

actuator, shiftactuator, select

actuator power

source circuit

• Gear doesnot change

Enginecannot be started

• Transmissioncontrol ECU stops

engine when vehicle

stops

Pass conditi

ignition swi

• P0820

• Shift lever

position sensor or itscircuit

Transmissionshift main switch orits circuit

• Impossibleto enter M-mode

• Gear does

not shift to 1st orreverse (and forward

or backward gears)

Pass conditi

ignition swi

• P0335

• P0339

• Crankshaft

position sensor or its

circuit

• Gear does

not changePass conditi

ignition swi

• U0100• CAN

communication

signal circuit

• Gear doesnot change

• Only

possible to drive in1st or reverse gears

after vehicle stops

Either (a) or

76. cond

Page 98: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 98/614

77.

dete

off

HINT:

• *: Transmission gear: Actual transmission gear position

• The transmission control ECU identifies the actual transmission gear

position through the signals from the shift stroke sensor and select stroke

sensor.

• The transmission control ECU identifies the shift lever position through

the signal from the shift lever position sensor.

MULTI-MODE MANUAL

Page 99: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 99/614

TRANSAXLE SYSTEM > DATA

LIST / ACTIVE TEST

for Preparation

DATA LIST

HINT:

By reading the Data List displayed on an intelligent tester, you can check values,

including those of the switches, sensors, and actuators, without removing any parts. Reading the Data List as the first step of troubleshooting is one method of

shortening diagnostic time. NOTICE:

In the table below, the values listed under Normal Conditions are for referenceonly. Do not depend solely on these values when determining whether or not a

part is faulty.

1. Warm up the engine.

2. Turn the ignition switch off.3.

Connect an intelligent tester to the DLC3.

4. Turn the ignition switch on (IG) and turn the tester ON.

5. Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Multi-Mode M/T / Data List.

6. Check the values by referring to the table below.

Items[Abbreviation]

MeasurementItems: Display

NormalConditions

Diagnostic Notes

MIL Status

[MIL Status]

MIL status:

OFF or ON

ON: MIL

comes on-

CalculatedEngine Load

[Calc E/G

Load]

Load calculated by ECM:

Min.: 0 %, Max.:

100 %

1KR-FE:

11 to 25 %:Idling

15 to 35 %:Runningwithout load

(2,500 rpm)

2SZ-FE:12.8 to 19.2 %:

Idling

-

Page 100: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 100/614

10.3 to 17.9 %:

Running

without load(2,500 rpm)

Engine

CoolantTemperature

[Coolant

Temp]

Coolanttemperature:

Min.: -40°C,

Max.: 140°C

1KR-FE:

75 to 95°C (167to 203°F):

After engine

warmed up

2SZ-FE:80 to 100°C

(176 to 212°F):

After enginewarmed up

• If value -40 °C(-40 °F): sensor circuit

open

• If value 140 °C(284 °F): sensor circuit

shorted

Engine Run

Time

[Eng RunTime]

Engine run time:

Min.: 0 s, Max.:65535 s

Time since

engine start -

Engine

Revolution

[Engine Rev]

Engine

revolutions per

minute:Min.: 0 rpm,

Max.: 16,383.75

rpm

1KR-FE:

730 to 830 rpm:

Idling2SZ-FE:

600 to 700 rpm:

Idling

If NE signal circuit has a short

or open circuit, back-up engine

speed data from CANcommunication displayed

Vehicle Speed

[Vehicle Spd]

Vehicle speed:Min.: 0 km/h,

Max.: 255 km/h

0 km/h (0 mph):

Vehicle

stationaryApproximatelysame value as

combination

meter display

When vehicle speed signalmalfunctions, speed value

calculated from input

revolution signal displayed

Battery

Voltage

[Batt]

Battery voltage:

Min.: 0 V, Max.:

65.535 V

10 to 15 V:

Idling-

Drive Mile

afterMalfunction

[Driving

Mileage]

Accumulateddriving mileage

sincemalfunction

detection:Min.: 0 km/h,

Max.: 65,535

km/h

0 km/h (0 mph):

System normal

Distance driven sinceoccurrence of diagnosis

malfunction displayed

Running Time

from MIL ON

Running time

from MIL ON:

Equivalent to

running time-

Page 101: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 101/614

[MIL On Run

Time]

Min.: 0 min,

Max.: 65535 min

since MIL ON

WarmupCycle Cleard

DTC

[Wu Cyc DTCclear]

Warm-up cyclesince DTC

cleared:

Min.: 0 , Max.:255

- Number of warm-up cycles

since DTC cleared

Distance from

DTC Cleared

[Dist DTCClear]

Distance since

DTC cleared:

Min.: 0 Km,Max.: 65535 Km

Equivalent to

drive distance

since DTCserased

-

Time after

DTC Cleared

[Time DTCClear]

Time since DTC

cleared:

Min.: 0 min,Max.: 65535 min

Equivalent totime since

DTCs erased

-

Vehicle SpeedSignal

[Vehicle Spd

Sig]

Vehicle speedsignal:

Min.: 0 km/h,Max.: 327.675

km/h

0 km/h (0 mph):

Vehicle

stationary

When vehicle speed signalmalfunctions, speed value

calculated from input

revolution signal displayed

Input

Revolution[Input Rev.]

Transmission

input revolution:Min.: 0 rpm,

Max.: 12,800

rpm

0 rpm: Vehicle

stationary

When input revolution signal

malfunctions, value calculated

from vehicle speed signaldisplayed

BackupEngine Speed

[Bacup Engin

Spd]

Back-up enginespeed from CAN

communication:

Min.: 0 rpm,

Max.: 8,160 rpm

Approximatelysame as

tachometer

reading: Enginerunning

0 rpm: Engine

stopped

0 rpm displayed when CAN

communication malfunctions

AcceleratorPedal Angle

[Accel Pedl

Angl]

Accelerator pedal angle:

Min.: 0 %, Max.:

100 %

0 %:

Accelerator pedal released

0 % displayed when CANcommunication malfunctions

TheoreticalEngine Torque

[Theoretic

Torq]

Theoreticalengine torque:

Min.: 0 N*m,

Max.: 255 N*m

0 N*m: Idling -

Clutch

Position

(Current)

Current clutch

position:

Min.: 0 mm,

19.0 mm (0.74

in.) to 44.0 mm

(1.73 in.)

Current clutch position

displayed

Page 102: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 102/614

[Clutch Pos-

Cur]

Max.: 127.998

mm

Shift Position

(Current)

[Shift Pos-Cur]

Current shift position:

Min.: 0 mm,

Max.: 127.998mm

5.0 mm (0.20

in.) to 31.9 mm

(1.25 in.)

Current shift position value

displayed (1st, 3rd, 5th, or

Neutral, or 2nd, 4th, Reverse)

Select Position(Current)

[Select Pos-

Cur]

Current select

position:

Min.: 0 mm,Max.: 127.998

mm

3.0 mm (0.11in.) to 29.0 mm

(1.14 in.)

Current select position valuedisplayed (gear shift fork shaft

No. 1, No. 2 or No. 3)

Shift Lever

Position Judge

[Shift Pos

Judge]

Shift lever

position:INVALID

POSITION, P,R, N, E, M

Actual shift

lever position

displayed

-

Calculated AT

OilTemperature

[AT Oil

Temp]

Transmissionfluid temperature

calculated by

ECU:Min.: -128°C,

Max.: 127°C

Equivalent to

actualtransmission

fluid

temperature

-

Shift Lever

SwitchSignal1

[Shift SW

Sig1]

Shift lever

switch signal

(+):OFF or ON

ON: Shift lever

position in (+)

OFF: Otherthan above

LSW1(LSW+) terminal signal

of transmission control ECU

Shift LeverSwitch

Signal2

[Shift SWSig2]

Shift lever

switch signal(R):

OFF or ON

ON: Shift lever

position in (R)OFF: Other

than above

LSW2 (LSWR) terminal signalof transmission control ECU

Shift LeverSwitch

Signal3

[Shift SWSig3]

Shift lever

switch signal

(M) or (E):OFF or ON

ON: Shift lever

position in (E),

(M), (+) or (-)

OFF: Shift lever position in (R)

or (N)

LSW3 (LSWS) terminal signal

of transmission control ECU

Shift LeverSwitch

Signal4

[Shift SW

Shift leverswitch signal

(N):

OFF or ON

ON: Shift lever position in (N)

OFF: Other

than above

LSW4 (LSWN) terminal signalof transmission control ECU

Page 103: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 103/614

Sig4]

Shift Lever

SwitchSignal5

[Shift SW

Sig5]

Shift lever

switch signal (-):

OFF or ON

ON: Shift lever

position in (-)

OFF: Other

than above

LSW5 (LSW-) terminal signal

of transmission control ECU

Shift Lever

Check Signal1[Shift Chek

Sig1]

Check signal of

shift lever switchsignal 2:

OFF or ON

OFF: Shift lever

position in (R)ON: Other than

above

LS2C (LSRC) terminal signalof transmission ECU

Reversal signal of LSW2

(LSWR) (ON and OFFreversed)

Shift LeverCheck Signal2

[Shift Chek

Sig2]

Check signal ofshift lever switch

signal 3:

OFF or ON

OFF: Shift lever

position in (E),

(M), (+) or (-)ON: Shift lever

position in (R)or (N)

LS3C (LSSC) terminal signalof transmission control ECU

Reversal signal of LSW3

(LSWS) (ON and OFF

reversed)

Shift Lever

Check Signal3[Shift Chek

Sig3]

Check signal of

shift lever switchsignal 4:

OFF or ON

OFF: Shift lever

position in (N)ON: Other than

above

LS4C (LSNC) terminal signalof transmission ECU

Reversal signal of LSW4

(LSWN) (ON and OFFreversed)

T/M ReverseSwitch Signal

[T/M R SW

Sig]

Transmissionreverse switch

signal:

OFF or ON

ON:

Transmission

gear in reverseOFF: Other

than above

During malfunctions, indicatorshows either OFF or ON

continuously, regardless of

gear position

Ignition Signal

[Ignition Sig]

Ignition switch

signal:OFF or ON

ON: Ignition

switch on (IG)-

Mode Switch

Signal

[Mode SWSig]

Transmission

shift main switch

signal:OFF or ON

ON: Sequential

shift control

(M-mode)selected

-

Es Mode

Switch Signal[Es SW Sig]

Es Mode Switch

Signal:OFF or ON

ON: Sporty [Es]

mode selected

(Automaticshift control)

-

Parking Brake

Signal

[Pkb Sig]

Parking brake

switch signal:

OFF or ON

ON: Parking

brake appliedOFF: Parking

brake released

-

Brake Switch Brake switch OFF: Brake ST1- terminal signal of

Page 104: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 104/614

Signal2

[Brake SW

Sig2]

signal (ST1-):

OFF or ON

pedal depressed

ON: Brake

pedal released

transmission control ECU

Brake Switch

Signal1

[Brake SWSig1]

Brake switch

signal (STP):OFF or ON

ON: Brake

pedal depressed

OFF: Brake pedal released

STP terminal signal of

transmission control ECU

STA Switch

Signal

[STA SW Sig]

STA signal:OFF or ON

ON: Duringcranking

-

Gear Position(Current)

[Gear Pos-

Cur]

Current gear position:

Min.: 0, Max.:

255

Actual gear

positiondisplayed

0 = Non1 to 6 = 1st to 6th

254 = Neutral

255 = Reverse

Gear Position

(Target)

[Gear Pos-Tar]

Target gear position:

Min.: 0, Max.:

255

When shift

lever notoperated:

Target gear position equals

current gear

position

0 = Non1 to 6 = 1st to 6th

254 = Neutral

255 = Reverse

Clutch

Position(Target)

[Clutch Pos-

Tar]

Target clutch

position:Min.: 0 mm,

Max.: 127.998

mm

Difference between actual

and target

clutch positions:

Maximum of 15

mm during gearchange control

operation

(varies withvehicle

condition)

-

Shift Position

(Target)

[Shift Pos-Tar]

Target shift position:

Min.: 0 mm,

Max.: 127.998mm

Difference

between actualand target shift

positions:Maximum of 15

mm during gearchange control

operation

(varies withvehicle

condition)

-

Page 105: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 105/614

Select Position

(Target)[Select Pos-

Tar]

Target select

position:

Min.: 0 mm,Max.: 127.998

mm

Difference

between actual

and target select positions:

Maximum of 15

mm during gearchange control

operation

(varies withvehicle

condition)

-

Clutch Motor

Current Req

[Clutch MotorReq]

Requested clutch

motor currentfrom CPU:

Min.: -50 A,

Max.: 50 A

-20 to 20 AInstruction (calculated) current

value from CPU

Clutch MotorCurrent MMT

[Clutch

Motor]

Actual clutchmotor current:

Min.: -50 A,

Max.: 50 A

-20 to 20 A0 A: When clutch motor not in

operation

Shift Motor

Current Req[Shift Motor

Req]

Requested shiftmotor current

from CPU:

Min.: -50 A,Max.: 50 A

-40 to 40AInstruction (calculated) currentvalue from CPU

Shift MotorCurrent MMT

[Shift Motor]

Actual shift

motor current:Min.: -50 A,Max.: 50 A

-40 to 40A 0 A: When shift motor not inoperation

Select MotorCurrent Req

[Select Motor

Req]

Requested select

motor currentfrom CPU:

Min.: -50 A,

Max.: 50 A

-25 to 25 AInstruction (calculated) current

value from CPU

Select Motor

Current MMT

[Select Motor]

Actual selectmotor current:

Min.: -50 A,Max.: 50 A

-25 to 25 A0 A: When select motor not in

operation

Base Clutch

Load[Base Clutch

Load]

Base clutch load:

Min.: -1000 N,Max.: 1000 N

Learning valueshown

Base clutch load:Calculated from average clutch

motor current when ECU

performing initialization andlearning of clutch system

Page 106: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 106/614

Current ClutchLoad

[Current

Clutch Load]

Current clutchload (calculated

value):

Min.: -1000 N,

Max.: 1000 N

Reference value

(varies with

vehiclecondition)

39.33 to 45.29:

Stopper position

37.07 to 43.03:

Completeengagement

position

24.5 to 35.25:Standby

position

Current clutch load:Calculated from average clutch

motor current

Difference between BaseClutch Load and Current

Clutch Load increases as clutch

disks wear away

After performing LCCadjustment, difference

decreases (Almost same as

Base Clutch Load value)

Clutch AdjustCount

[Clutch AdjCnt]

Number of LCC

(Load Controlled

Clutch cover)adjustment

performed:Min.: 0 , Max.:

255

-When clutch motor strokeamount reaches certain value,the count increases by 1

Clutch Adjust

Fail Count[Clutch Adj

Fail]

Number of LCC

(Load ControlledClutch cover)

adjustment

judged

unnecessary:Min.: 0 , Max.:

255

-

When difference between Base

Clutch Load and CurrentClutch Load exceeds threshold,

the count increases by 1

Clutch Adjust

Detection[Clutch Adj

Detect]

Number of LCC(Load Controlled

Clutch cover)

adjustment

required:Min.: 0 , Max.:

255

-

When difference between Base

Clutch Load and CurrentClutch Load exceeds threshold,

the count increases by 1

Mode Changes

[Mode

Changes]

System controlmode:

Min.: 0, Max.:

255

-

11: System wake-up control

mode12: Vehicle driving control

mode

13: System end control mode14: System initialization mode

17: Engine starting control

mode20: Fixed gear shift control

Page 107: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 107/614

mode

21: Gear shift control mode

22: Shift lever lock controlmode

25: Shut-down control mode

26: Vehicle stationary controlmode

27: Vehicle start off control

mode

Gear Mode

Changes[Gear Mode]

Gear changemode indication:

Min.: 0, Max.:

255

- -

1st Uplock

Signal

[1st Uplock

Sig]

1st gear up-lock

signal:

OFF or ON

2nd Uplock

Signal

[2nd Uplock

Sig]

2nd gear up-lock

signal:OFF or ON

3rd Uplock

Signal

[3rd UplockSig]

3rd gear up-locksignal:

OFF or ON

4th Uplock

Signal

[4th UplockSig]

4th gear up-locksignal:

OFF or ON

5th Uplock

Signal

[5th UplockSig]

5th gear up-locksignal:

OFF or ON

Rev Uplock

Signal

[Rev Uplock

Sig]

Reverse gear up-lock signal:

OFF or ON

-

If gear shift fails, uplock signal

indicates whether transmission

up-lock has occurred or notUp-lock:

Transmission gear momentarily

cannot be engaged due tomechanical reasons (notmalfunction)

Vehicle Speed

Signal Open

[Vehicle SpdOpen]

Vehicle speed

signal circuit

open judgement:OFF or ON

OFF: During

vehicle running

ON: When momentarilyinterruption in vehicle speed

signal

Input Rev

Signal Open

Input revolution

signal circuit

OFF: During

engine running

ON: When abnormal pulse

interval detected

Page 108: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 108/614

[In Rev Open] open judgement:

OFF or ON

Creep Control

[Creep Ctrl]

Vehicle creep

control mode:

OFF or ON

ON: Clutch partial

engagement

continues forlong time

Clutch partially engaged whenfollowing conditions met:

Engine running• Transmission

gear in 1st, 2nd or

Reverse

• Brake pedal not

depressed

• Parking brakereleased

• Accelerator

pedal released

Low Voltage

Signal[Low Volt]

+B terminal lowvoltage

judgement:

OFF or ON

OFF: +B

terminal voltage8 V or more

-

Run Off

Signal[Run Off Sig]

Vehicle run-off

judgementOFF or ON

OFF: Whilevehicle running

ON: High differential spinoccurred sharply at differential

gear

When following conditionsmet, transmission control ECU

detects run-off in vehicle and

restricts gear shift:

• Accelerator pedal angle exceeds

threshold

• SPD signalchange rate above

threshold

• Shift position in

1st, 2nd or 3rd

Clutch Heat

[Clt Heat]

Clutch heat

judgement:OFF or ON

OFF: Engine

idling, gear inneutral

ON: Calculated clutchtemperature 280°C (536°F) or

moreClutch temperature calculated

from relative revolution speed

between engine andtransmission input shaft, clutch

torque, heat radiation, heat

Page 109: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 109/614

conduction, sum of current

clutch temperature and

variation in clutch temperature,etc.

Clutch Heat

and Overuse[Clt Heat

Overuse]

Clutch heat and

overuse judgement:

OFF or ON

OFF: Engineidling, gear in

neutral

ON: Calculated clutchtemperature 330°C (626°F) or

more

Clutch Motor

CurrentEnable

[Clt Curr Ena]

Clutch motor

current enabledOFF or ON

OFF: Target

clutch motorcurrent less than

1 A

ON: OFFcondition not

met

-

Motor Relay

Signal

[Mot RelaySig]

AMT relay drive

signal:

OFF or ON

ON: Ignitionswitch on (IG)OFF: Ignition

switch off and

after system

shut-down

-

Shift LeverLock Solenoid

[SLS]

Shift lever lock

solenoid

operation:OFF or ON

OFF: Shift leverlocked

-

Clutch TouchPosition

[Clt Touch

Pos]

Clutch touch

position:

Min.: 0 mm,Max.: 127.998

mm

Learning value

shown

Difference between ClutchTouch position and Clutch

Clamp Position within 4.0 mm

(0.16 in.) to 16.0 mm (0.63 in.)

Clutch Clamp

Position

[Clt ClampPos]

Clutch clamp

position:Min.: 0 mm,

Max.: 127.998

mm

Learning value

shown

Difference between Clutch

Touch position and Clutch

Clamp Position within 4.0 mm(0.16 in.) to 16.0 mm (0.63 in.)

Neutral

Position(Shift)

[N Pos (Shift)]

Neutral position

(shift position):Min.: 0 mm,

Max.: 127.998mm

Learning valueshown

Median value between [3rd Pos(Shift)] and [4th Pos (Shift)]displayed

Neutral

Position

(Select)

Neutral position

(select position):

Min.: 0 mm,

Learning valueshown

Median value between [1st Pos

(Sel)] and [5th Pos (Sel)]

displayed

Page 110: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 110/614

[N Pos (Sel)] Max.: 127.998

mm

1st Gear

Position(Shift)

[1st Pos

(Shift)]

1st gear position

(shift position):Min.: 0 mm,

Max.: 127.998

mm

Learning valueshown

• Difference between [1st Pos

(Shift)] and [2nd Pos

(Shift)] within 15.0 mm(0.59 in.) to 19.5 mm

(0.77 in.)

• Difference

between [1st Pos(Shift)] and [3rd Pos

(Shift)] within 1.5 mm

(0.06 in.)

1st Gear

Position(Select)[1st Pos (Sel)]

1st gear position

(select position):Min.: 0 mm,

Max.: 127.998

mm

Learning valueshown

Difference between [1st Pos

(Sel)] and [3rd Pos (Sel)]within 5.5 mm (0.22 in.) to 8.5mm (0.33 in.)

2nd Gear

Position

(Shift)[2nd Pos

(Shift)]

2nd gear position

(shift position):

Min.: 0 mm,Max.: 127.998

mm

Learning value

shown

Difference between [1st Pos(Shift)] and [2nd Pos (Shift)]

within 15.0 mm (0.59 in.) to

19.5 mm (0.77 in.)

2nd Gear

Position(Select)[2nd Pos (Sel)]

2nd gear position(select position):

Min.: 0 mm,Max.: 127.998

mm

Learning valueshown

Difference between [2nd Pos

(Sel)] and [4th Pos (Sel)]within 5.5 mm (0.22 in.) to 8.5mm (0.33 in.)

3rd Gear

Position(Shift)

[3rd Pos

(Shift)]

3rd gear position

(shift position):Min.: 0 mm,

Max.: 127.998

mm

Learning value

shown

• Difference

between [3rd Pos

(Shift)] and [4th Pos

(Shift)] within 15.0 mm(0.59 in.) to 19.5 mm

(0.77 in.)

• Difference between [5th Pos

(Shift)] and [3rd Pos(Shift)] within 1.5 mm

(0.06 in.)

3rd Gear

Position

(Select)

3rd gear position

(select position):

Min.: 0 mm,

Learning valueshown

Difference between [3rd Pos

(Sel)] and [5th Pos (Sel)]

within 5.5 mm (0.22 in.) to 8.5

Page 111: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 111/614

[3rd Pos (Sel)] Max.: 127.998

mm

mm (0.33 in.)

4th Gear

Position(Shift)

[4th Pos

(Shift)]

4th gear position

(shift position):Min.: 0 mm,

Max.: 127.998

mm

Learning valueshown

• Difference between [3rd Pos

(Shift)] and [4th Pos

(Shift)] within 15.0 mm(0.59 in.) to 19.5 mm

(0.77 in.)

• Difference

between [R Pos (Shift)]and [4th Pos (Shift)]

within 1.5 mm (0.06

in.)

4th Gear

Position(Select)[4th Pos (Sel)]

4th gear position

(select position):Min.: 0 mm,

Max.: 127.998

mm

Learning valueshown

Difference between [R Pos

(Sel)] and [4th Pos (Sel)]within 5.5 mm (0.22 in.) to 8.5mm (0.33 in.)

5th GearPosition

(Shift)

[5th Pos

(Shift)]

5th gear position(shift position):

Min.: 0 mm,

Max.: 127.998

mm

Learning value

shown

• Difference

between [R Pos (Shift)]

and [5th Pos (Shift)]within 15.0 mm (0.59

in.) to 19.5 mm (0.77

in.)

• Difference

between [3rd Pos(Shift)] and [5th Pos(Shift)] within 1.5 mm

(0.06 in.)

5th Gear

Position(Select)

[5th Pos (Sel)]

5th gear position

(select position):

Min.: 0 mm,

Max.: 127.998mm

Learning valueshown

Difference between [5th Pos

(Sel)] and [3rd Pos (Sel)]within 5.5 mm (0.22 in.) to 8.5

mm (0.33 in.)

Reverse GearPos (Shift)

[R Pos (Shift)]

Reverse gear position (shift position):

Min.: 0 mm,

Max.: 127.998mm

Learning valueshown

• Difference

between [R Pos (Shift)]and [5th Pos (Shift)]

within 15.0 mm (0.59in.) to 19.5 mm (0.77

in.)

• Difference

between [R Pos (Shift)]

Page 112: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 112/614

and [4th Pos (Shift)]

within 1.5 mm (0.06

in.)

Reverse Gear

Pos (Select)[R Pos (Sel)]

Reverse gear

position (select position):

Min.: 0 mm,

Max.: 127.998mm

Learning valueshown

Difference between [R Pos(Sel)] and [4th Pos (Sel)]within 5.5 mm (0.22 in.) to 8.5

mm (0.33 in.)

Possibility of

T/M Uplock

[T/M Uplock]

Possibility oftransmission up-

lock:

No or Yes

No:Initialization

and learning

complete

Yes: Transmission gear

temporarily could not be

engaged due to mechanicalreasons during gear position

learning

Learn-ClutchStandby Point

[Lern-Stby_Pnt]

Clutch actuatorstandby position

learning:

Notexec, Fail orExec

Exec:Initialization

and learningcomplete

-

Learning-T/M

[Lern-T/M]

Learning T/M

system: Notexec, Fail or

Exec

Exec:

Initializationand learning

complete

-

Learn-Clutch

Stopper Point[Lern-Stppr_Pnt]

Clutch actuator

stopper positionlearning:

Notexec, Fail or

Exec

Exec:

Initializationand learningcomplete

-

# Codes

[# Codes]

Number ofcodes:

Min.: 0, Max.:

255

- Number of detected DTCs

Check Mode[Check Mode]

Check mode:OFF or ON

ON: Checkmode ON

-

ACTIVE TEST

HINT:

Performing an Active Test enables components including the relays, VSV

(Vacuum Switching Valve), and actuators, to be operated without removing any parts. The Active Test can be performed with an intelligent tester. Performing an

Page 113: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 113/614

Active Test as the first step of troubleshooting is one method of shortening

diagnostic time.Data List can be displayed during Active Tests.

1. Connect an intelligent tester to the DLC3.

2.

Turn the ignition switch on (IG) and turn the tester ON.3. Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Multi-Mode M/T / Active Test.4. Perform the Active Test by referring to the table below.

ItemsTest Details/Vehicle

conditionsDiagnosis Notes

Target Gear

PositionControl

[Test Details]

Target gear position control

(Gear position) N, 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, R

[Vehicle Conditions]Ignition switch on (IG),

Engine stopped, Vehicle

stationary, Shift lever N position

If shift and select actuator does not

shift to the gear indicated, there

could be some malfunctions in the

following parts:Shift stroke sensor

Select stroke sensor

Shift and select actuator assemblyAMT relay

Transmission assembly

Transmission control ECU

TargetClutchControl

[Test Details]

Target clutch controlStandby position: Standby

Clamp position: Clamp[Vehicle Conditions]Ignition switch on (IG),

Engine stopped, Vehicle

stationary, Shift lever N

position

If clutch actuator does not operate tothe position indicated, there could be

some malfunctions in the following

parts:Clutch stroke sensor

Clutch actuator assembly

AMT relayClutch release bearing

Clutch release fork

Transmission control ECU

Page 114: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 114/614

MULTI-MODE MANUAL

TRANSAXLE SYSTEM >

ADJUSTMENT

for Preparation

1. USING INTELLIGENT TESTER: CLAMP POSITION ADJUSTMENT (CLUTCH

POSITION ADJUSTMENT)

HINT:

• The multi-mode manual transmission system has a load controlled clutch cover(adjustment system). The pressure plate moves depending on the wear condition

of the clutch disc lining.

When removing or installing any parts related to the multi-mode manual

transmission system, move the clutch actuator to the clutch clamp position. This is

for normal operation of the load controlled clutch cover (adjustment system).

• If the clutch position adjustment operation input fails, perform the operation again

from step (a) more than 15 seconds after turning the ignition switch off.

NOTICE:

Page 115: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 115/614

Do not depress the brake pedal while performing the clamp position adjustment

using an intelligent tester.

1. Prepare the vehicle:

• Stop the vehicle.

Shift the lever into the N position.• Turn the ignition switch off.

• Apply the parking brake.

2. Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3.

3. Turn the ignition switch on (IG).

4. Turn the intelligent tester ON.

5. Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Multi-Mode M/T / Utility / Parts

Exchange.

Page 116: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 116/614

6. Read the information.

7. Press the Next key.

8. Read the information.

9. After checking the vehicle condition, press the Next key.

Page 117: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 117/614

10. Read the information.

11. Press the Next key.

12. Read the information.

13. Press the Next key.

Page 118: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 118/614

14. On the Multi-Mode M/T / Utility screen, select Step 1 Clutch Position Adjustment

(Clamp Position Adjustment).

15.

Press the Next key.

16. Read the information.

17. Press the Next key.

18. Complete Clutch Position Adjustment.

19. Turn the intelligent tester OFF.

20. Turn the ignition switch off.

21. Replace the malfunctioning parts.

Page 119: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 119/614

HINT:

Perform [Initialization and Learning] after repairing the multi-mode manualtransmission control system ().

2. WITHOUT USING INTELLIGENT TESTER: CLAMP POSITION ADJUSTMENT

(CLUTCH POSITION ADJUSTMENT)

HINT:

• The multi-mode manual transmission system has a load controlled clutch cover(adjustment system). The pressure plate moves depending on the wear condition

of the clutch disc lining.

• When removing or installing any parts related to the multi-mode manualtransmission system, move the clutch actuator to the clutch clamp position. This is

for normal operation of the load controlled clutch cover (adjustment system).

If the clutch position adjustment operation input fails, perform the operation againfrom step (a) more than 15 seconds after turning the ignition switch off.

1. Prepare the vehicle.

• Stop the vehicle.

• Shift the lever into the N position.

• Turn the ignition switch off.

• Apply the parking brake.

2. Using SST, connect terminals TC (13) and CG (4) of the DLC3

SST

09843-18040

Page 120: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 120/614

3. Turn the ignition switch on (IG) with the brake pedal released.

4. Depress the brake pedal 7 times or more within 3 seconds.

1. The buzzer sounds twice with an interval of 0.25 seconds.

5. Depress the brake pedal.

6.

Shift the shift lever in the following sequence with the brake pedal depressed: N→E→M→+→M→+→M→+→M→+→M→E→ N.

Page 121: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 121/614

7. Release the brake pedal.

8. Depress the brake pedal again.

1. The buzzer sounds once at intervals of 2.5 seconds.

HINT:

If the buzzer does not sound at this time, wait at least 15 seconds after turning the

ignition switch off. Then, perform the procedure from step (a) again.

9. Depress the brake pedal 3 times or more within 2 seconds.

1.

The buzzer sounds twice with an interval of 0.25 seconds.

10. Depress the brake pedal.

11. Shift the shift lever to the [-] position with the brake pedal depressed.

12. Release the brake pedal.

13. Complete clutch position adjustment.

14. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

15. Disconnect the SST from terminals TC and CG of the DLC3.

16. Repair the malfunctioning parts.

HINT:Perform [Initialization and Learning] after repairing the multi-mode manual

transmission control system ().

Page 122: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 122/614

MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE SYSTEM > Starter SignalCircuit

for Preparation

DESCRIPTION

In this vehicle, since the starter motor control depends on the ECM due to cranking

holding function, the ST relay that supplies power to the starter motor is operated by the

Page 123: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 123/614

ECM. When the appropriate vehicle conditions are satisfied (the brake pedal is depressed

and the transmission gear is in neutral) the engine can be cranked. If the brake pedal isnot depressed or the transmission gear is not in neutral, the engine cannot be cranked.

During cranking, the ST relay operation signal (STA signal) is input into the STA

terminal of the transmission control ECU, and is used to control the multi-mode manual

transmission system.

WIRING DIAGRAM

Page 124: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 124/614

Page 125: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 125/614

Page 126: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 126/614

Page 127: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 127/614

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

1.READ VALUE USING INTELLIGENT TESTER

1.

Connect an intelligent tester to the DLC3.

2. Turn the ignition switch on (IG) and turn the tester ON.

3. Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Multi-Mode M/T / Data List / STA

Switch Signal.

4.

Check the value displayed on the tester when the ignition switch is turned on (IG)and the engine starts.

Items

[Abbreviation]

Measurement Items:

Display Normal Conditions

Diagnostic

Notes

STA Switch

Signal[STA SW Sig]

STA signal:ON or OFF

ON: Duringcranking

-

5. OK:

6.

[ON] displays in the STA Switch Signal during cranking.

Page 128: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 128/614

OK

PROCEED TO NEXT CIRCUIT

INSPECTION SHOWN IN PROBLEMSYMPTOMS TABLE

NG

2.CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (TRANSMISSION CONTROL ECU -

ECM)

Page 129: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 129/614

1.

Disconnect the transmission control ECU connector.

2. Disconnect the ECM connector.

3. Remove the ST relay from the engine room relay block.

4. Check the resistance.

Page 130: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 130/614

Standard resistance:

Tester ConnectionsSpecified

Conditions

1KR-FE:

STA (A32-27) -

STA (A38-6)2SZ-FE:

STA (A21-48) -

STA (A38-6)

Below 1 Ω

STA (A38-6) - Bodyground

10 k Ωor higher

5. Reconnect the transmission control ECU connector.

6. Reconnect the ECM connector.

7. Reinstall the ST relay.

Page 131: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 131/614

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR

CONNECTOR

OK

GO TO STARTER SIGNAL CIRCUIT (ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM)

Page 132: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 132/614

MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE SYSTEM > Pattern SelectSwitch Circuit

for Preparation

DESCRIPTION

While the vehicle is driven with the shift lever in the E position, the most appropriate

gear is automatically selected in accordance with the accelerator pedal opening angle andvehicle speed. In this time, shift control can be switched between normal mode (E) and

sports mode (Es) by pressing the pattern select switch.

WIRING DIAGRAM

Page 133: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 133/614

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

1.INSPECT PATTERN SELECT SWITCH ASSEMBLY

1. Remove the pattern select switch.

2. Check the resistance of the pattern select switch terminals.

Page 134: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 134/614

Standard resistance:

Tester

Connections

Switch

Conditions

Specified

Conditions

1 - 4 ON Below 1 Ω

1 - 4 OFF10 k Ω or

higher

3. Reinstall the pattern select switch.

NG REPLACE PATTERN SELECTSWITCH ASSEMBLY

Page 135: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 135/614

OK

2.CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (TRANSMISSION CONTROL ECU -

BODY GROUND)

1. Disconnect the transmission control ECU connector.

2. Check the resistance.

Standard resistance:

Tester

Connections

Switch

Conditions

Specified

Conditions

PWR (D79-

23) - Body

ground

OFF10 k Ω or

higher

PWR (D79-23) - Body

ground

ON Below 1 Ω

3. Reconnect the transmission control ECU connector.

Page 136: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 136/614

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR

CONNECTOR

OK

3.INSPECT TRANSMISSION CONTROL ECU ASSEMBLY (PWR TERMINAL

VOLTAGE)

Page 137: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 137/614

1. Turn the ignition switch on (IG).

2. Measure the voltage between the terminal of the transmission control ECU

connector and the body ground when the pattern select switch is ON and OFF.

Standard voltage:

Tester

Connections

Switch

Conditions

Specified

Conditions

PWR (D79-

23) - Body

ground

Pattern

selectswitch

OFF

10 to 14 V

PWR (D79-

23) - Bodyground

Pattern

selectswitch ON

Below 1 V

Page 138: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 138/614

NG

REPLACE TRANSMISSION

CONTROL ECU ASSEMBLY

OK

PROCEED TO NEXT CIRCUIT INSPECTION SHOWN IN PROBLEM SYMPTOMS

TABLE

Page 139: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 139/614

Page 140: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 140/614

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

1.READ VALUE USING INTELLIGENT TESTER

1. Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3

Page 141: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 141/614

2. Turn the ignition switch on (IG) and turn the tester ON.

3. Select the following menu items: Powertrain / Multi-Mode M/T / Data List /

Ignition Signal.

4.

Read the value.

Items[Abbreviation]

Measurement Items:Display

Normal ConditionsDiagnostic

Notes

Ignition

Signal

[Ignition Sig]

Ignition switch signal:OFF or ON

ON: Ignition switch on(IG)

-

5. OK:6. [ON] displays in the item [Ignition Signal] when the ignition switch is turned on

(IG).

Page 142: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 142/614

Page 143: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 143/614

1. Disconnect the transmission control ECU connector.

2. Turn the ignition switch on (IG).

3. Measure the voltage between the terminal of the transmission control ECU

connector and the body ground.

Standard voltage:

Tester

Connections

IgnitionSwitch

Conditions

Specified

Conditions

IG (D79-3) -Body ground

Ignitionswitch off

Below 1 V

IG (D79-3) -Body ground

Ignition

switch on

(IG)

10 to 14 V

4. Reconnect the transmission control ECU connector.

Page 144: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 144/614

OK

REPLACE TRANSMISSION

CONTROL ECU ASSEMBLY

NG

3.INSPECT INTEGRATION RELAY

Page 145: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 145/614

1. Remove the integration relay from the engine room relay block.

2.

Measure the voltage between the terminal of the integration relay and the body

ground.

Standard voltage:

Tester ConnectionsSpecified

Conditions

Integration relay (1C-

1) - Body ground10 to 14 V

3. Reinstall the integration relay.

Page 146: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 146/614

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR

CONNECTOR (INTEGRATIONRELAY - BATTERY)

OK

4.INSPECT INTEGRATION RELAY (AM2 FUSE AND IG2 RELAY)

Page 147: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 147/614

1. Inspect the AM2 fuse.1. Remove the AM2 fuse.

2. Check the fuse resistance.

Standard resistance:Below 1 Ω

3. Reinstall the fuse.

2. Inspect the relay.

1. Check the relay resistance.

Standard resistance:

Tester

Connections

Specified

Conditions

1C-1 - 1B-4 10 k Ω or higher

1C-1 - 1B-4

Below 1 Ω

(When battery

voltage applied toterminals 1B-2 and

1B-3)

Page 148: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 148/614

NG REPLACE INTEGRATION RELAY

OK

5.INSPECT FUSE (IGN FUSE)

Page 149: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 149/614

1. Remove the IGN fuse from the main body ECU.

2. Check the fuse resistance.

Standard resistance:

Below 1 Ω

3. Reinstall the IGN fuse.

Page 150: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 150/614

NG

CHECK FOR SHORT IN ALL

HARNESSES AND CONNECTORS

CONNECTED TO FUSE ANDREPLACE FUSE

OK

6.CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (TRANSMISSION CONTROL ECU -

INTEGRATION RELAY)

Page 151: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 151/614

1.

Remove the integration relay.

2. Disconnect the transmission control ECU connector.

3. Check the resistance.

Standard resistance (Check for open):

Page 152: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 152/614

Tester ConnectionsSpecified

Conditions

Integration relay (1B-4) - IG (D79-3)

Below 1 Ω

Standard resistance (Check for short):

Tester ConnectionsSpecified

Conditions

IG (D79-3) - Bodyground

10 k Ω or higher

4. Reinstall the integration relay.

5. Reconnect the ECU connector

Result:

ResultProceed

To

Outside normal range A

Within normal range (with

Entry and Start System)B

Within normal range(without Entry and Start

System)

C

Page 153: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 153/614

B Go to step 7

Page 154: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 154/614

C Go to step 8

A

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR

7.CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (INTEGRATION RELAY - MAIN BODYECU)

Page 155: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 155/614

Page 156: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 156/614

Page 157: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 157/614

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR

CONNECTOR

OK

CHECK ENTRY AND START SYSTEM

8.CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (INTEGRATION RELAY - IGNITIONSWITCH)

Page 158: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 158/614

1.

Remove the integration relay.

2. Disconnect the ignition switch connector.

3. Check the resistance.

Standard resistance (Check for open):

Page 159: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 159/614

Page 160: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 160/614

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR

CONNECTOR

OK

9.INSPECT IGNITION SWITCH

Page 161: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 161/614

Page 162: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 162/614

NG REPLACE IGNITION SWITCH

OK

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR CONNECTOR (IGNITION SWITCH -BATTERY)

Page 163: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 163/614

MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE SYSTEM > Shift LockSolenoid Circuit

for Preparation

DESCRIPTION

The shift lock solenoid is built into the shift lever assembly. When the ignition switch isturned off, or when the shift lever is in the N position without depressing the brake pedalalthough the ignition switch is turned on (IG), the shift lock solenoid restricts the shift

lever movement.

The transmission control ECU sends the shift lock cancellation signal to the shift locksolenoid to cancel the shift lock when the multi-mode manual transmission system

conditions are satisfied.

Page 164: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 164/614

WIRING DIAGRAM

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

1.INSPECT SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID

1. Disconnect the shift lever assembly connector.

2. Measure the shift lock solenoid resistance.

Page 165: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 165/614

Standard resistance:

Tester

Connections

Specified

Conditions

IG (D81-2) - E

(D81-6)

30 to 35 Ω at 20°C

(68°F)

NG REPLACE SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID

OK

2.CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID -

Page 166: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 166/614

Page 167: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 167/614

E (D81-6) - Body

groundBelow 1 Ω

SLS (D79-5) - Bodyground

10 k Ω or higher

4.

Reconnect the transmission control ECU connector.

5. Reconnect the shift lever assembly connector.

NG REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS ORCONNECTOR

Page 168: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 168/614

OK

3.INSPECT TRANSMISSION CONTROL ECU ASSEMBLY

1. Turn the ignition switch on (IG).

2. Measure the voltage between the terminal of the transmission control ECU and

the body ground when the brake pedal is operated.

Standard voltage:

Pedal

Conditions

Tester

Connections

Specified

Conditions

Brake

pedaldepressed

SLS (D79-5)

- Bodyground

10 to 14 V

Brake

pedal

released

SLS (D79-5)Body ground

Below 1 V

Page 169: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 169/614

NG

REPLACE TRANSMISSION

CONTROL ECU ASSEMBLY

OK

PROCEED TO NEXT CIRCUIT INSPECTION SHOWN IN PROBLEM SYMPTOMS

TABLE

Page 170: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 170/614

MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE SYSTEM > Multi -ModeManual Transmission Warning Light Circuit

for Preparation

DESCRIPTION

The combination meter interprets the multi-mode manual transmission system conditionthrough information from the INDC and INDA circuits, and if necessary, illuminates

(blinks) the multi-mode manual transmission warning light and sounds the buzzer.

• INDC Terminal Circuit:The battery voltage is constantly supplied to the INDC circuit. If the INDC circuit

is open, the combination meter detects a malfunction in the circuit and illuminates

the multi-mode manual transmission warning light. The INDC circuit is used tosend the multi-mode manual transmission warning light signal to the combination

meter when the ignition switch is off.

Page 171: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 171/614

Page 172: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 172/614

meter)

Shift

positionindicator

*1

ON

depends oncommunication

signal

ON

depends oncommunication

signal

OFF OFF OFF OFF

Multi-mode

manualtransmission

warning

light

ON

depends on

communicationsignal

ON

depends on

communicationsignal

ON ON OFF ON

*1: when shift position indicator ON, the number or letter segments are illuminated.

WIRING DIAGRAM

Page 173: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 173/614

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

HINT:

• Check that the multi-mode manual transmission warning light and shift position

indicator light come on.Under normal conditions, the shift position indicator indicates the current gear

position while the ignition switch is turned on (IG), and the multi-mode manual

transmission warning light comes on for a bulb check for approximately 5seconds when the ignition switch is turned from off to on (IG).

If the shift position indicator light does not come on, the INDA circuit may bemalfunctioning. If the multi-mode manual transmission warning light does not

come on, the INDA and/or INDC circuits may be malfunctioning.

• The buzzer built into the combination meter sounds when the followingconditions are met:

• The shift lever is in any position except N.

The driver's door is open.• Vehicle speed is 10 km/h (6.21 mph) or less.

• Engine speed is 400 rpm or more.

1.CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (TRANSMISSION CONTROL ECU -

COMBINATION METER ASSEMBLY)

Page 174: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 174/614

1. Disconnect the transmission control ECU connector.

2. Disconnect the combination meter connector

3. Check the resistance.

Standard resistance:

Tester ConnectionsSpecified

Conditions

INDC (D79-29) -BRQ (D1-13)

Below 1 Ω

INDA (D79-31) -

TX+ (D1-8)Below 1 Ω

Page 175: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 175/614

Page 176: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 176/614

Page 177: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 177/614

Page 178: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 178/614

Page 179: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 179/614

Page 180: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 180/614

Page 181: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 181/614

NG

REPLACE PARKING BRAKE

SWITCH ASSEMBLY

OK

2.CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (TRANSMISSION CONTROL ECU -

BODY GROUND)

Page 182: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 182/614

Page 183: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 183/614

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR

CONNECTOR

OK

3.INSPECT TRANSMISSION CONTROL ECU ASSEMBLY

Page 184: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 184/614

1. Turn the ignition switch on (IG).

2. Measure the voltage between the terminal of the transmission control ECU

connector and the body ground when the parking brake switch is ON and OFF.

Standard voltage:

Tester

Connections

Switch

Conditions

Specified

Conditions

PKB (D79-

4) - Body

ground

Parking

brakeswitch

OFF

10 to 14 V

PKB (D79-

4) - Bodyground

Parking

brakeswitch

ON

Below 1 V

Page 185: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 185/614

Page 186: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 186/614

MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE SYSTEM > TC and CGTerminal Circuit

for Preparation

DESCRIPTION

Terminal TC and CG are located in the DLC3. When performing [Clamp PositionAdjustment] and [Initialization and Learning] without using an intelligent tester,

connecting terminals TC and CG is necessary. If the TC terminal circuit is open, thesecalibration procedures cannot be performed without using an intelligent tester.

WIRING DIAGRAM

Page 187: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 187/614

INSPECTION PROCEDURE

1.CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (TRANSMISSION CONTROL ECU -

DLC3)

Page 188: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 188/614

1. Disconnect the transmission control ECU connector.

2. Check the resistance.

Standard resistance:

Tester Connections

Specified

Conditions

DG (D79-25) - TC

(D15-13)Below 1 Ω

DG (D79-25) -Body ground

10 k Ωor higher

3.

Reconnect the transmission control ECU connector.

Page 189: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 189/614

NGREPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR

CONNECTOR

OK

2.CHECK HARNESS AND CONNECTOR (DLC3 - BODY GROUND)

Page 190: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 190/614

1. Check the resistance.

Standard resistance:

Tester Connections SpecifiedConditions

CG (D15-4) - Body

groundBelow 1 Ω

Page 191: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 191/614

NG

REPAIR OR REPLACE HARNESS OR

CONNECTOR

OK

REPLACE TRANSMISSION CONTROL ECU ASSEMBLY

Page 192: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 192/614

MULTI-MODE MANUAL

TRANSAXLE OIL > ON-VEHICLE

INSPECTION

for Preparation

1. INSPECT TRANSAXLE OIL

Page 193: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 193/614

1. Stop the vehicle on a level place.

2. Remove the filler plug and gasket.

3.

Check that the oil surface is within 5 mm (0.20 in.) of the lowest position of thefiller plug opening.

NOTICE:

• An excessively large or small amount of oil may cause problems.

• After replacing the oil, drive the vehicle and check the oil level again.

4. When the oil level is low, check for oil leakage.

5. Install the filler plug and a new gasket.

Torque:

39 N*m 400 kgf*cm , 29 ft.*lbf

Page 194: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 194/614

Page 195: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 195/614

Page 196: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 196/614

Page 197: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 197/614

Page 198: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 198/614

Page 199: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 199/614

Page 200: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 200/614

Page 201: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 201/614

1. DISCONNECT CABLE FROM NEGATIVE BATTERY TERMINAL

2. DRAIN TRANSAXLE OIL

1. Remove the filler plug and gasket.

2. Remove the drain plug and gasket, and drain the oil.

3. Install the drain plug with a new gasket.

Torque:

39 N*m 400 kgf*cm , 29 ft.*lbf

3. REMOVE FRONT WHEELS

4. REMOVE FRONT AXLE SHAFT LH NUT

1. Using SST and a hammer, release the staked part of the axle hub nut.

SST

09930-00010

Page 202: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 202/614

NOTICE:

• Insert SST into the groove with the flat surface facing up.

• Do not damage the tip of SST using grinders.

• Completely unstake the staked part before removing the axle hub nut.

Do not damage the threads of the drive shaft.

2. Using a 30 mm socket wrench, remove the axle hub nut.

5. REMOVE FRONT AXLE SHAFT RH NUT

HINT:The removal procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

6. SEPARATE SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH

1. Remove the bolt and separate the speed sensor and flexible hose.

Page 203: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 203/614

2. Remove the bolt and separate the speed sensor from the steering knuckle.

NOTICE:

• Keep the speed sensor tip and installation portion free of foreign matter.

• Remove the speed sensor without turning it from its original installation

angle.

7. SEPARATE SPEED SENSOR FRONT RH

HINT:

The separation procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

8. SEPARATE FRONT SUSPENSION ARM SUB-ASSEMBLY LOWER NO.1 LH

Page 204: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 204/614

1. Remove the clip and castle nut.

2. Using SST, separate the lower arm.

SST

09628-00011 NOTICE:

• Do not damage the lower ball joint dust cover.

• Suspend SST with a piece of string or the equivalent.

9. SEPARATE FRONT SUSPENSION ARM SUB-ASSEMBLY LOWER NO.1 RH

HINT:

The separation procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

10. SEPARATE TIE ROD END SUB-ASSEMBLY LH

1.

Remove the cotter pin and castle nut.

Page 205: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 205/614

2. Using SST, separate the tie rod end from the steering knuckle.

SST

09628-62011 NOTICE:

Do not damage the tie rod end dust cover.

11. SEPARATE TIE ROD END SUB-ASSEMBLY RH

HINT:

The separation procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

12. REMOVE FRONT STABILIZER LINK ASSEMBLY LH

1. Remove the nut and separate the stabilizer link from the shock absorber.

Page 206: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 206/614

HINT:

If the ball joint turns together with the nut, use a socket hexagon wrench 6 to holdthe stud.

13. REMOVE FRONT STABILIZER LINK ASSEMBLY RH

HINT:

The separation procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

14. REMOVE FRONT AXLE ASSEMBLY LH

1. Using a plastic hammer, tap the end of the drive shaft and disengage the fitting

between the drive shaft and front axle.

HINT:

If it is difficult to disengage the fitting, tap the end of the drive shaft with a brass bar and hammer.

2. Push the front axle out of the vehicle to remove the drive shaft from the front

axle.

NOTICE:

• Do not push the front axle further out of the vehicle than is necessary.

Do not damage the outboard joint boot.• Do not damage the speed sensor rotor.

• Suspend the drive shaft with a piece of string or the equivalent.

15. REMOVE FRONT AXLE ASSEMBLY RH

HINT:

The removal procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

16. REMOVE FRONT DRIVE SHAFT ASSEMBLY LH

Page 207: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 207/614

1. Using SST, remove the drive shaft.

SST09520-01010

09520-24010 (09520-32040)

NOTICE:

• Do not damage the oil seal.

• Do not damage the inboard joint boot.

• Do not drop the drive shaft.

17. REMOVE FRONT DRIVE SHAFT ASSEMBLY RH

1. Using a screwdriver and hammer, remove the drive shaft.

Page 208: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 208/614

Page 209: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 209/614

Page 210: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 210/614

DIFFERENTIAL OIL SEAL >

INSTALLATIONfor Preparation

1. INSTALL TRANSAXLE CASE OIL SEAL

1. Coat a new oil seal lip with MP grease.

2. Using SST and a hammer, install the oil seal.

SST

09636-20010Drive in depth:

1.7 to 2.7mm (0.067 to 0.106 in.)

NOTICE:Do not damage the oil seal lip.

2. INSTALL TRANSMISSION CASE OIL SEAL

Page 211: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 211/614

1. Coat a new oil seal lip with MP grease.

2. Using SST and a hammer, install the oil seal.

SST

09316-60011 (09316-00011)Drive in depth:

2.1 to 3.1mm (0.083 to 0.122 in.)

NOTICE:

Do not damage the oil seal lip.

3. INSTALL FRONT DRIVE SHAFT ASSEMBLY LH

1. Coat the spline of the inboard joint with gear oil.

Page 212: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 212/614

Page 213: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 213/614

6. INSTALL FRONT AXLE ASSEMBLY RH

HINT:

The installation procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

7. INSTALL FRONT STABILIZER LINK ASSEMBLY LH

1. Install the stabilizer link with the nut.

Torque:

74 N*m 755 kgf*cm , 55 ft.*lbf

HINT:If the ball joint turns together with the nut, use a socket hexagon wrench 6 to hold

the stud.

8. INSTALL FRONT STABILIZER LINK ASSEMBLY RH

HINT:

The installation procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

9. INSTALL TIE ROD END SUB-ASSEMBLY LH

Page 214: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 214/614

1. Install the tie rod end onto the steering knuckle with a new castle nut.

Torque:

49 N*m 500 kgf*cm , 36 ft.*lbf NOTICE:

If the holes for the clip are not aligned, tighten the nut by a further turn of up to

60°.

2. Install a new cotter pin.

10. INSTALL TIE ROD END SUB-ASSEMBLY RH

HINT:

The installation procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

11. INSTALL FRONT SUSPENSION ARM SUB-ASSEMBLY LOWER NO.1 LH

Page 215: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 215/614

1. Install the lower arm onto the steering knuckle with a new castle nut.

Torque:98 N*m 1,000 kgf*cm , 72 ft.*lbf

NOTICE:

If the holes for the clip are not aligned, tighten the nut by a further turn of up to

60°.

2. Install a new clip.

12. INSTALL FRONT SUSPENSION ARM SUB-ASSEMBLY LOWER NO.1 RH

HINT: The installation procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

13. INSTALL SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH

Page 216: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 216/614

1. Install the speed sensor onto the steering knuckle with the bolt.

Torque:

8.5 N*m 87 kgf*cm , 75 in.*lbf NOTICE:

• Check that the speed sensor tip and installation portion are free of foreign

matter.

• Install the speed sensor without turning it from its original installation

angle.

2. Install the flexible hose and speed sensor with the bolt.

Torque:29 N*m 300 kgf*cm , 22 ft.*lbf

NOTICE:

Install the flexible hose and speed sensor without twisting them.

Page 217: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 217/614

14. INSTALL SPEED SENSOR FRONT RH

HINT:

The installation procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

15. INSTALL FRONT AXLE SHAFT LH NUT

1. Using a 30 mm socket wrench, install a new axle hub nut.

Torque:

216 N*m 2,203 kgf*cm , 160 ft.*lbf

2. Using a chisel and hammer, caulk the axle hub nut.

16. INSTALL FRONT AXLE SHAFT RH NUT

HINT:

The installation procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

17. INSTALL FRONT WHEELS

Page 218: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 218/614

18. CONNECT CABLE TO NEGATIVE BATTERY TERMINAL

Torque:

5.4 N*m 55 kgf*cm , 48 in.*lbf

19. ADD TRANSAXLE OIL

20. INSPECT AND ADJUST TRANSAXLE OIL

1.

Stop the vehicle on a level place.

2. Remove the filler plug and gasket.

3. Check that the oil surface is within 5 mm (0.20 in.) of the lowest position of the

filler plug opening.

NOTICE:

• An excessively large or small amount of oil may cause problems.

• After replacing the oil, drive the vehicle and check the oil level again.

4. When the oil level is low, check for oil leakage.

5. Install the filler plug and a new gasket.

Torque:

39 N*m 400 kgf*cm , 29 ft.*lbf

Page 219: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 219/614

21. INSPECT ABS SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL

()

22. INSPECT AND ADJUST FRONT WHEEL ALIGNMENT

()

23. CHECK FOR TRANSAXLE OIL LEAKAGE

Page 220: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 220/614

Page 221: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 221/614

Page 222: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 222/614

Page 223: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 223/614

1 / 2

Page 224: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 224/614

Page 225: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 225/614

Page 226: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 226/614

Page 227: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 227/614

1. INSPECT SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID

1. Disconnect the indicator light wire connector.

2. Using an ohmmeter, measure the resistance between terminals 2 and 6.

Standard Resistance:

30 to 35 Ω at 20°C (68°F)

If the resistance is not as specified, replace the shift lever assembly.

Page 228: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 228/614

Page 229: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 229/614

4. Move the shift lever to the E position.

5. Using an ohmmeter, measure the resistance according to the value in the table

below.

Standard Resistance:

Shift position

TerminalsSpecifiedcondition

E 4 - 810 k Ω or

higher

If the result is not as specified, replace the shift lever assembly.

6. Connect the indicator light wire connector.

3. INSPECT SHIFT LEVER POSITION SENSOR

Page 230: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 230/614

Page 231: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 231/614

SHIFT LEVER > REMOVAL

for Preparation

1. REMOVE REAR CONSOLE BOX COVER

Page 232: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 232/614

Page 233: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 233/614

Page 234: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 234/614

Page 235: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 235/614

2. Disengage the 4 claws and remove the position indicator light guide from the shiftlever assembly.

3. Disengage the 4 claws and remove the position indicator housing from the position indicator light guide.

3. REMOVE POSITION INDICATOR SLIDE COVER

4. REMOVE POSITION INDICATOR SLIDE COVER NO. 2

Page 236: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 236/614

Page 237: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 237/614

3. Using a screwdriver with its tip wrapped in protective tape, release the secondary

lock.

Page 238: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 238/614

Page 239: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 239/614

1. INSTALL INDICATOR LIGHT WIRE SUB-ASSEMBLY

1.

Connect marked wire harnesses 2 and 4 to the indicator light wire connector asshown in the illustration.

2. Connect wire harnesses 6 and 8 to the indicator light wire connector as shown in

the illustration.

3. Lock the secondary lock.

4. Install the bulb onto the indicator light wire.

5. Connect the indicator light wire connector onto the shift lever assembly.

Page 240: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 240/614

2. INSTALL SHIFT LOCK RELEASE BUTTON

1. Apply MP grease to the shift lock release button and spring.

2. Install the shift lock release button and spring onto the shift lever.

3. INSTALL POSITION INDICATOR SLIDE COVER NO. 2

4. INSTALL POSITION INDICATOR SLIDE COVER

5. INSTALL POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT GUIDE

Page 241: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 241/614

Page 242: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 242/614

3. Connect the indicator light wire onto the shift lever assembly.

6. INSTALL SHIFT LEVER KNOB SUB-ASSEMBLY

Page 243: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 243/614

SHIFT LEVER > INSTALLATION

for Preparation

1. INSTALL SHIFT LEVER ASSEMBLY

1. Install the shift lever assembly with the 4 bolts.

Torque:12 N*m 122 kgf*cm , 8.9 ft.*lbf

2. Connect the 2 connectors.

2. INSTALL REAR CONSOLE BOX ASSEMBLY

Page 244: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 244/614

Page 245: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 245/614

MULTI-MODE MANUAL

TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY >

COMPONENTS

for Preparation

Page 246: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 246/614

Page 247: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 247/614

Page 248: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 248/614

1 / 10

Page 249: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 249/614

Page 250: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 250/614

Page 251: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 251/614

2 / 10

Page 252: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 252/614

Page 253: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 253/614

Page 254: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 254/614

3 / 10

Page 255: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 255/614

Page 256: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 256/614

Page 257: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 257/614

Page 258: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 258/614

Page 259: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 259/614

Page 260: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 260/614

Page 261: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 261/614

Page 262: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 262/614

Page 263: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 263/614

6 / 10

Page 264: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 264/614

Page 265: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 265/614

Page 266: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 266/614

7 / 10

Page 267: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 267/614

Page 268: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 268/614

Page 269: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 269/614

8 / 10

Page 270: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 270/614

Page 271: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 271/614

Page 272: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 272/614

9 / 10

Page 273: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 273/614

Page 274: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 274/614

Page 275: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 275/614

10 / 10

MULTI-MODE MANUAL

TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY >

REMOVAL

for Preparation

Page 276: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 276/614

1. CLUTCH POSITION ADJUSTMENT

()

2. DISCONNECT CABLE FROM NEGATIVE BATTERY TERMINAL

3. REMOVE COLUMN HOLE COVER SILENCER SHEET

1. Remove the floor carpet and 2 clips and remove the column hole cover silencer.

4. SEPARATE STEERING SLIDING YOKE SUB-ASSEMBLY

Page 277: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 277/614

1. Use a seat belt to fix the steering wheel assembly, in order to avoid breakage of

the spiral cable.

2. Place matchmarks on the sliding yoke of the steering intermediate shaft assembly

and the power steering.

3. Loosen bolt A, remove bolt B and separate the steering intermediate shaft

assembly.

5. REMOVE FRONT WHEELS

6. REMOVE ENGINE UNDER COVER LH

Page 278: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 278/614

Page 279: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 279/614

2. Remove the nut and front wiper arm.

11. REMOVE FRONT WIPER ARM AND BLADE ASSEMBLY RHHINT:

Use the same procedure as for the LH side.

12. REMOVE HOOD TO COWL TOP SEAL

1. Disengage the 7 clips and remove the hood to cowl top seal.

13. REMOVE COWL TOP VENTILATOR LOUVER SUB-ASSEMBLY (for LHD)

Page 280: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 280/614

1. Disengage the 2 hooks and remove cowl top ventilator louver center No. 1.

2. Disconnect the washer hose.

3. Disengage the 11 claws and clip.

Page 281: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 281/614

4. Disconnect the washer hose and remove the cowl top ventilator louver sub-assembly.

14. REMOVE COWL TOP VENTILATOR LOUVER LH (for LHD)

1. Remove the 2 clips.

2.

Disengage the 4 claws and remove the cowl top ventilator louver LH.

15. REMOVE COWL TOP VENTILATOR LOUVER SUB-ASSEMBLY (for RHD)

Page 282: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 282/614

1. Disconnect the washer hose.

2. Disengage the 10 claws and clip and remove the cowl top ventilator louver sub-

assembly.

16. REMOVE COWL TOP VENTILATOR LOUVER LH (for RHD)

1. Remove the clip.

2. Disengage the 4 claws and remove the cowl top ventilator louver LH.

Page 283: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 283/614

17. REMOVE WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR AND LINK

1. Remove the 2 bolts.

2. Slide the wiper link. Disengage the meshing of the rubber pin, then disconnect the

connector and remove the front wiper motor and link.

18. REMOVE COWL TO REGISTER DUCT SUB-ASSEMBLY NO. 2

Page 284: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 284/614

1. Disengage the claws and remove cowl to resister duct No. 2.

19. REMOVE COWL TOP PANEL OUTER

Page 285: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 285/614

1. Disengage the clamp and separate the wiper motor connector.

2. Remove the 9 bolts and the cowl top panel outer.

20. REMOVE AIR CLEANER INLET NO.1 (for 2SZ-FE)

Page 286: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 286/614

1. Remove the air cleaner inlet No. 1.

21. REMOVE BATTERY HOLD DOWN CLAMP

22. REMOVE BATTERY CLAMP SUB-ASSEMBLY

23. REMOVE BATTERY

24. REMOVE BATTERY TRAY

25. REMOVE BATTERY CARRIER (for 1KR-FE)

Page 287: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 287/614

1. Remove the 4 bolts and the battery carrier.

26. REMOVE BATTERY CARRIER (for 2SZ-FE)

1. Remove the 5 bolts and the battery carrier.

27. REMOVE CLUTCH ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

Page 288: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 288/614

1. Remove the bolt and separate the wire harness bracket.

2. Disconnect the clutch stroke sensor connector and motor connector.

NOTICE:

Do not forcibly pull the connector as this may damage the wire harness.

Page 289: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 289/614

3. Remove the 3 bolts and clutch actuator assembly.

NOTICE:

• Loosen the bolts slowly, and be careful not to get your fingers caught as

the clutch actuator assembly moves due to the reaction force from theclutch cover.

• Do not drop the removed clutch actuator assembly or subject it to any

impacts.

28. DISCONNECT WIRE HARNESS

1. Remove the bolt, then disconnect the wire harness.

Page 290: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 290/614

29. DISCONNECT CONNECTOR

1.

Disconnect the shift stroke sensor connector.

2. Disconnect the select stroke sensor connector.

3. Disconnect the transmission revolution sensor connector.

4. Disconnect the back-up light switch connector.

5. Disconnect the neutral start switch connector.

6. Disconnect the shift and select motor connectors.

30. REMOVE STARTER ASSEMBLY (for 1KR-FE)

1. Remove the terminal cap.

2. Separate the harness clamp.

3. Remove the nut and disconnect terminal 30.

4. Disconnect the connector.

5. Remove the 2 bolts and remove the starter assembly.

Page 291: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 291/614

31. REMOVE STARTER ASSEMBLY (for 2SZ-FE)

1. Remove the terminal cap.

2. Remove the nut and disconnect terminal 30.

3. Disconnect the connector.

4. Remove the 2 bolts and remove the starter assembly.

32. REMOVE FRONT EXHAUST PIPE ASSEMBLY (for 1KR-FE)

1. Remove the 4 bolts and 4 compression springs.

2. Remove exhaust pipe support No. 4 and the exhaust front pipe assembly.

Page 292: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 292/614

3. Remove the 2 exhaust pipe gaskets.

33. REMOVE FRONT EXHAUST PIPE ASSEMBLY (for 2SZ-FE)

1. Remove the 2 bolts and 2 compression springs.

Page 293: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 293/614

2. Remove the 3 No. 4 exhaust pipe supports and remove the exhaust pipe assembly

front.

34. REMOVE FRONT AXLE SHAFT LH NUT

Page 294: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 294/614

1. Using SST and a hammer, release the staked part of the axle hub nut.

SST09930-00010

NOTICE:

• Insert SST into the groove with the flat surface facing up.

• Do not damage the tip of SST using grinders.

• Completely unstake the staked part before removing the axle hub nut.

• Do not damage the threads of the drive shaft.

2. Using a 30 mm socket wrench, remove the axle hub nut.

35. REMOVE FRONT AXLE SHAFT RH NUT

HINT:The removal procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

36. SEPARATE SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH

Page 295: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 295/614

1. Remove the bolt and separate the speed sensor and flexible hose.

2. Remove the bolt and separate the speed sensor from the steering knuckle.

NOTICE:

• Keep the speed sensor tip and installation portion free of foreign matter.

• Remove the speed sensor without turning it from its original installation

angle.

37. SEPARATE SPEED SENSOR FRONT RH

HINT:The separation procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

Page 296: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 296/614

38. SEPARATE FRONT SUSPENSION ARM SUB-ASSEMBLY LOWER NO.1 LH

1. Remove the clip and castle nut.

2. Using SST, separate the lower arm.

SST

09628-00011 NOTICE:

• Do not damage the lower ball joint dust cover.

• Suspend SST with a piece of string or the equivalent.

Page 297: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 297/614

39. SEPARATE FRONT SUSPENSION ARM SUB-ASSEMBLY LOWER NO.1 RH

HINT:

The separation procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

40. SEPARATE TIE ROD END SUB-ASSEMBLY LH

1. Remove the cotter pin and castle nut.

2. Using SST, separate the tie rod end from the steering knuckle.

SST

09628-62011

NOTICE:Do not damage the tie rod end dust cover.

41. SEPARATE TIE ROD END SUB-ASSEMBLY RH

HINT:

The separation procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

42. SEPARATE FRONT STABILIZER LINK ASSEMBLY LH

Page 298: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 298/614

1. Remove the nut and separate the stabilizer link from the shock absorber.

HINT:

If the ball joint turns together with the nut, use a socket hexagon wrench 6 to holdthe stud.

43. SEPARATE FRONT STABILIZER LINK ASSEMBLY RH

HINT:

The separation procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

44. REMOVE FRONT AXLE ASSEMBLY LH

1. Using a plastic hammer, tap the end of the drive shaft and disengage the fitting between the drive shaft and front axle.

HINT:

If it is difficult to disengage the fitting, tap the end of the drive shaft with a brass bar and hammer.

2. Push the front axle out of the vehicle to remove the drive shaft from the frontaxle.

NOTICE:

• Do not push the front axle further out of the vehicle than is necessary.

• Do not damage the outboard joint boot.

Page 299: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 299/614

• Do not damage the speed sensor rotor.

• Suspend the drive shaft with a piece of string or the equivalent.

45. REMOVE FRONT AXLE ASSEMBLY RH

HINT:

The removal procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

46. REMOVE FRONT DRIVE SHAFT ASSEMBLY LH

1. Using SST, remove the drive shaft.

SST09520-01010

09520-24010 (09520-32040)

NOTICE:

• Do not damage the oil seal.

• Do not damage the inboard joint boot.

Do not drop the drive shaft.

47. REMOVE FRONT DRIVE SHAFT ASSEMBLY RH

Page 300: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 300/614

1.

Using a screwdriver and hammer, remove the drive shaft.

NOTICE:

• Do not damage the oil seal.

• Do not damage the inboard joint boot.

• Do not drop the drive shaft.

48. SUSPEND ENGINE ASSEMBLY (for 1KR-FE)

1. Install the 2 hangers in the correct direction.

Page 301: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 301/614

Parts No.:

No. 1 engine hanger 12281-40030 No. 2 engine hanger 12282-40010

Bolt 91671-80820

Torque:

28 N*m 286 kgf*cm , 21 ft.*lbf

2. Attach the engine chain hoist to the hangers.

NOTICE:

Do not attempt to hang the engine by hooking the chain to any other part.

49. SUSPEND ENGINE ASSEMBLY (for 2SZ-FE)

1. Install the 2 hangers in the correct direction.

Parts No.:

No. 1 engine hanger 12281-23021 No. 2 engine hanger 12282-23010

Bolt 91671-80820

Torque:

35 N*m 357 kgf*cm , 26 ft.*lbf

2. Attach the engine chain hoist to the hangers.

NOTICE:

Do not attempt to hang the engine by hooking the chain to any other part.

Page 302: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 302/614

50. REMOVE FRONT SUSPENSION CROSSMEMBER SUB-ASSEMBLY

1. Remove the bolt and separate the engine moving control rod.

2. Support the front suspension crossmember with a transmission jack.

Page 303: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 303/614

3. Remove the 6 bolts and remove the suspension crossmember.

51. REMOVE TRANSVERSE ENGINE ENGINE MOUNTING CONTROL BRACKET

1. Remove the 3 bolts and the engine moving control rod bracket.

52. SUPPORT MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY

1. Support the multi-mode manual transaxle with a transmission jack.

53. REMOVE TRANSVERSE ENGINE ENGINE MOUNTING INSULATOR (for1KR-FE)

Page 304: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 304/614

1. Remove the bolt and nut, then separate the engine mounting insulator LH.

2. Remove the 4 bolts and the engine mounting insulator LH.

54. REMOVE TRANSVERSE ENGINE ENGINE MOUNTING INSULATOR (for 2SZ-

FE)

1. Remove the bolt and nut, then separate the engine mounting insulator LH.

2. Remove the 5 bolts and the engine mounting insulator LH.

55. REMOVE TRANSVERSE ENGINE ENGINE MOUNTING BRACKET (for 1KR-

Page 305: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 305/614

FE)

1. Remove the 4 bolts and the engine mounting bracket LH.

56. REMOVE TRANSVERSE ENGINE ENGINE MOUNTING BRACKET (for 2SZ-FE)

1. Remove the 4 bolts and the engine mounting bracket LH.

57. REMOVE MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY

Page 306: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 306/614

1. Remove the 9 bolts and multi-mode manual transaxle from the engine.

Page 307: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 307/614

MULTI-MODE MANUALTRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY >

INSTALLATION

for Preparation

1. INSTALL MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY

Page 308: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 308/614

1. Align the input shaft with the clutch disc and install the manual transaxle onto the

engine.

2. Install the 9 bolts.

Torque:

64 N*m 653 kgf*cm , 47 ft.*lbf for bolt A39 N*m 398 kgf*cm , 29 ft.*lbf for bolt B

NOTICE:

• Insert dowel pins into dowel holes securely so that the end face of

transaxle assembly fits close against engine assembly before tightening the

bolts between the engine and transaxle.

Make sure that the dowel pins are not loose, bent, damaged or scratched

and then install the transaxle onto the engine with the contact surfaces of

the engine and transaxle flat against each other.

Page 309: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 309/614

2. INSTALL TRANSVERSE ENGINE ENGINE MOUNTING BRACKET (for 1KR-FE)

1. Install the engine mounting bracket LH with the 4 bolts.

Torque:

64 N*m 653 kgf*cm , 47 ft.*lbf

3. INSTALL TRANSVERSE ENGINE ENGINE MOUNTING BRACKET (for 2SZ-FE)

1. Install the engine mounting bracket LH with the 4 bolts.

Torque:

64 N*m 653 kgf*cm , 47 ft.*lbf

Page 310: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 310/614

4. INSTALL TRANSVERSE ENGINE ENGINE MOUNTING INSULATOR (for 1KR-

FE)

1.

Install the engine mounting insulator LH with the 4 bolts.

Torque:52 N*m 530 kgf*cm , 38 ft.*lbf for bolt A

64 N*m 653 kgf*cm , 47 ft.*lbf for bolt B

2. Install the engine mounting bracket LH and engine mounting insulator LH with

the bolt and nut.

Torque:52 N*m 530 kgf*cm , 38 ft.*lbf for nut C

5. INSTALL TRANSVERSE ENGINE ENGINE MOUNTING INSULATOR (for 2SZ-

FE)

Page 311: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 311/614

1. Install the engine mounting insulator LH with the 5 bolts.

Torque:

52 N*m 530 kgf*cm , 38 ft.*lbf

2. Install the engine mounting bracket LH and engine mounting insulator LH with

the bolt and nut.

Torque:

52 N*m 530 kgf*cm , 38 ft.*lbf

6. INSTALL TRANSVERSE ENGINE ENGINE MOUNTING CONTROL BRACKET

1. Install the engine mounting control bracket with the 3 bolts.

Torque:

Page 312: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 312/614

39 N*m 398 kgf*cm , 29 ft.*lbf

7. INSTALL FRONT SUSPENSION CROSSMEMBER SUB-ASSEMBLY

1. Support the front suspension crossmember with a transmission jack.

2. Provisionally install the front suspension crossmember onto the body with the 6 bolts.

Bolt Underhead Length (mm)A 38

B 99

C 45

3. By inserting SST into the datum holes in the front suspension crossmembers RHand LH alternately, tighten bolts A, B and C on both sides to the specified torque,

in several steps.

SST

09670-00011Torque:

70 N*m 714 kgf*cm , 52 ft.*lbf for Bolt A

160 N*m 1,631 kgf*cm , 118 ft.*lbf for Bolt B95 N*m 969 kgf*cm , 70 ft.*lbf for Bolt C

Page 313: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 313/614

NOTICE:

• Insert SST into the datum hole in a vertical orientation.

• If SST can not be inserted into the datum hole vertically, loosen all the

bolts and then insert SST again.

Page 314: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 314/614

4. Install the engine moving control rod with the bolt.

Torque:120 N*m 1,224 kgf*cm , 89 ft.*lbf

8. INSTALL FRONT DRIVE SHAFT ASSEMBLY LH

1. Coat the spline of the inboard joint with gear oil.

2. Align the inboard joint splines and install the drive shaft with a screwdriver and

hammer.

NOTICE:

• Face the cut area of the front drive inboard joint hole snap ring downward.

Page 315: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 315/614

• Do not damage the oil seal.

• Do not damage the inboard joint boot.

HINT:

Confirm whether the drive shaft is securely driven in by checking the reaction

force and sound.

9. INSTALL FRONT DRIVE SHAFT ASSEMBLY RH

HINT:

The installation procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

10. INSTALL FRONT AXLE ASSEMBLY LH

1. Push the front axle out of the vehicle to align the spline of the drive shaft with the

front axle and insert the front axle.

NOTICE:

• Do not push the front axle further out of the vehicle than is necessary.

• Do not damage the outboard joint boot.

• Check for any foreign matter on the speed sensor rotor and insertion part.

• Do not damage the speed sensor rotor.

11. INSTALL FRONT AXLE ASSEMBLY RH

HINT:

The installation procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

12. INSTALL FRONT STABILIZER LINK ASSEMBLY LH

Page 316: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 316/614

1. Install the stabilizer link with the nut.

Torque:74 N*m 755 kgf*cm , 55 ft.*lbf

HINT:

If the ball joint turns together with the nut, use a socket hexagon wrench 6 to hold

the stud.

13. INSTALL FRONT STABILIZER LINK ASSEMBLY RH

HINT:

The installation procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

14. INSTALL TIE ROD END SUB-ASSEMBLY LH

Page 317: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 317/614

1. Install the tie rod end onto the steering knuckle with a new castle nut.

Torque:49 N*m 500 kgf*cm , 36 ft.*lbf

NOTICE:

If the holes for the clip are not aligned, tighten the nut by a further turn of up to60°.

2. Install a new cotter pin.

15. INSTALL TIE ROD END SUB-ASSEMBLY RH

HINT:

The installation procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

16. INSTALL FRONT SUSPENSION ARM SUB-ASSEMBLY LOWER NO.1 LH

1. Install the lower arm onto the steering knuckle with a new castle nut.

Torque:98 N*m 1,000 kgf*cm , 72 ft.*lbf

NOTICE:

If the holes for the clip are not aligned, tighten the nut by a further turn of up to60°.

2. Install a new clip.

Page 318: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 318/614

17. INSTALL FRONT SUSPENSION ARM SUB-ASSEMBLY LOWER NO.1 RH

HINT:

The installation procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

18. INSTALL SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH

1. Install the speed sensor onto the steering knuckle with the bolt.

Torque:

8.5 N*m 87 kgf*cm , 75 in.*lbf NOTICE:

• Check that the speed sensor tip and installation portion are free of foreignmatter.

• Install the speed sensor without turning it from its original installation

angle.

Page 319: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 319/614

2. Install the flexible hose and speed sensor with the bolt.

Torque:

29 N*m 300 kgf*cm , 22 ft.*lbf NOTICE:

Install the flexible hose and speed sensor without twisting them.

19. INSTALL SPEED SENSOR FRONT RH

HINT:

The installation procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

20. INSTALL FRONT AXLE SHAFT LH NUT

1. Using a 30 mm socket wrench, install a new axle hub nut.

Page 320: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 320/614

Torque:

216 N*m 2,203 kgf*cm , 160 ft.*lbf

2. Using a chisel and hammer, caulk the axle hub nut.

21. INSTALL FRONT AXLE SHAFT RH NUT

HINT:The installation procedure for the RH side is the same as that for the LH side.

22. INSTALL FRONT EXHAUST PIPE ASSEMBLY (for 1KR-FE)

1. Using vernier calipers, measure the free length of the compression spring.

Minimum length (Front Side):

40.5 mm (1.594 in.)Minimum length (Rear Side):

38.5 mm (1.516 in.)

If the length is not as specified, replace the compression spring.

Page 321: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 321/614

2. Using a plastic hammer and a wooden block, tap in a new exhaust pipe gasket

until its surface is flush with the exhaust manifold.

NOTICE:

• Install the exhaust pipe gasket in the correct direction.

• Do not damage the outer surface of the exhaust pipe gasket.

• Do not reuse the exhaust pipe gasket.

• Do not push in the gasket with the exhaust pipe when connecting it.

3. Install the 3 exhaust pipe support No. 4.

4. Install the exhaust front pipe assembly and a new exhaust pipe gasket with the 4compression springs and 4 bolts.

Page 322: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 322/614

Torque:

43 N*m 439 kgf*cm , 32 ft.*lbf

23. INSTALL FRONT EXHAUST PIPE ASSEMBLY (for 2SZ-FE)

Page 323: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 323/614

1. Using vernier calipers, measure the free length of the compression spring.

Minimum length:40.5 mm (1.594 in.)

If the length is not as specified, replace the compression spring.

2. Using a plastic hammer and a wooden block, tap in a new exhaust pipe gasket

until its surface is flush with the exhaust manifold.

NOTICE:

Install the exhaust pipe gasket in the correct direction.

• Do not damage the outer surface of the exhaust pipe gasket.

• Do not reuse the exhaust pipe gasket.

• Do not push in the gasket with the exhaust pipe when connecting it.

3. Install the 3 No. 4 exhaust pipe supports.

Page 324: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 324/614

4. Install the exhaust pipe assembly front with the 2 compression springs and 2 bolts.

Torque:43 N*m 439 kgf*cm , 32 ft.*lbf

24. INSTALL STARTER ASSEMBLY (for 1KR-FE)

Page 325: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 325/614

1. Install the starter assembly with the 2 bolts.

Torque:

37 N*m 377 kgf*cm , 27 ft.*lbf

2. Connect the connector.

3. Connect terminal 30 with the nut.

Torque:

9.8 N*m 100 kgf*cm , 87 in.*lbf

4. Close the terminal cap.

5.

Install the harness clamp.

25. INSTALL STARTER ASSEMBLY (for 2SZ-FE)

Page 326: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 326/614

1. Install the starter assembly with the 2 bolts.

Torque:

37 N*m 377 kgf*cm , 27 ft.*lbf

2. Connect the connector.

3. Connect terminal 30 with the nut.

Torque:

9.8 N*m 100 kgf*cm , 87 in.*lbf

4. Close the terminal cap.

26. CONNECT CONNECTOR

1. Connect the shift and select motor connectors.

2. Connect the neutral start switch connector.

3. Connect the back-up light switch connector.

4.

Connect the transmission revolution sensor connector.

5. Connect the select stroke sensor connector.

6. Connect the shift stroke sensor connector.

Page 327: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 327/614

27. CONNECT WIRE HARNESS

1. Connect the wire harness with the bolt.

Torque:

26 N*m 260 kgf*cm , 19 ft.*lbf

28. INSTALL CLUTCH ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY NOTICE:

Perform the following procedure ((1) to (5)) to set a new clutch actuator in the

clutch clamp position because it is not originally placed in that position.(1) Connect the clutch stroke sensor connector and motor connector to the clutch

actuator.

(2) Connect the battery negative terminal.(3) Perform clutch position adjustment (clutch clamp position)

()

(4) Disconnect the battery negative terminal.(5) Disconnect the clutch stroke sensor connector and motor connector.

Page 328: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 328/614

1. Apply grease to the clutch release lever.

Sealant:

Toyota Genuine Release Hub Grease or Equivalent

2. Set the clutch actuator to the transaxle and provisionally tighten the 3 bolts.

NOTICE:

Keep the clearance between the bolt head and actuator flange.

Page 329: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 329/614

3. Gently hold down the clutch actuator assembly toward flat surface of transmission

assembly and slide it so that the convex portion of the clutch actuator rod comes

into contact with the concave portion of the release lever.

NOTICE:

• Do no apply excessive load to them during the operation.

• Make sure that the convex portion of the clutch actuator rod is securely

fitted into the concave portion of the release lever.

• 1KR-FE and 2SZ-FE clutch actuators have their own discrimination stamp

on the housing upper.

Engine Discrimination Color

1KR-FE Green

2SZ-FE Blue

4. Tighten the 3 bolts by hand while holding the clutch actuator assembly.

NOTICE:

Support the clutch actuator assembly until all the 3 bolts are tightened.

5. Tighten the 3 bolts to the specified torque in the order A, B, and C, as shown.

Torque:17 N*m 173 kgf*cm , 13 ft.*lbf

Page 330: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 330/614

6. Connect the clutch stroke sensor connector and motor connector.

7. Install the wire harness bracket onto the transaxle with the bolt.

Torque:

13 N*m 131 kgf*cm , 9.5 ft.*lbf

29. INSTALL BATTERY CARRIER (for 1KR-FE)

Page 331: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 331/614

1. Install the battery carrier with the 4 bolts.

Torque:17 N*m 175 kgf*cm , 13 ft.*lbf

30. INSTALL BATTERY CARRIER (for 2SZ-FE)

1. Install the battery carrier with the 5 bolts.

Torque:17 N*m 175 kgf*cm , 13 ft.*lbf

31. INSTALL BATTERY TRAY

Page 332: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 332/614

32. INSTALL BATTERY

33. INSTALL BATTERY HOLD DOWN CLAMP

34. INSTALL AIR CLEANER INLET NO.1 (for 2SZ-FE)

1. Install the air cleaner inlet No. 1.

35. INSTALL COWL TOP PANEL OUTER

Page 333: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 333/614

Page 334: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 334/614

1. Engage the 2 claws and install cowl to register duct No. 2.

37. INSTALL FR WIPER MOTOR AND LINK ASSEMBLY

Page 335: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 335/614

1. Connect the connector.

2. Slide the wiper link as shown in the illustration and engage the rubber pin with

the body.

3. Install the front wiper motor and link with the 2 bolts.

Torque:

5.5 N*m 56 kgf*cm , 49 in.*lbf

38. INSTALL COWL TOP VENTILATOR LOUVER LH (for LHD)

1. Engage the 4 claws and install the cowl top ventilator louver LH.

2. Install the 2 clips.

Page 336: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 336/614

39. INSTALL COWL TOP VENTILATOR LOUVER SUB-ASSEMBLY (for LHD)

1. Connect the washer hose.

2.

Engage the 11 claws and install the cowl top ventilator louver sub-assembly.

3. Install the clip.

4. Connect the washer hose.

Page 337: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 337/614

5. Engage the 2 hooks and install cowl top ventilator louver center No. 1.

40. INSTALL COWL TOP VENTILATOR LOUVER LH (for RHD)

1.

Engage the 4 claws and install the cowl top ventilator louver LH.

2. Install the clip.

41. INSTALL COWL TOP VENTILATOR LOUVER SUB-ASSEMBLY (for RHD)

Page 338: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 338/614

1. Engage the 10 claws and install the cowl top ventilator louver sub-assembly.

2. Install the clip.

3. Connect the washer hose.

42. INSTALL HOOD TO COWL TOP SEAL

1. Engage the 7 clips and install the hood to cowl top seal.

Page 339: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 339/614

43. INSTALL FRONT WIPER ARM AND BLADE ASSEMBLY LH

1. Scrape any metal powder off the serrated part of the wiper arm with a round file

or the equivalent (when reinstalling).

2. Clean the wiper pivot serrations with a wire brush.

3. Operate the wiper, then stop the windshield wiper motor in the automatic stop

position.

Page 340: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 340/614

4. Align the blade tip with the mark on the windshield glass, as shown in the

illustration.

5. Tighten the nut of the front wiper arm.

Torque:

26 N*m 265 kgf*cm , 19 ft.*lbf

44. INSTALL FRONT WIPER ARM AND BLADE ASSEMBLY RH

Page 341: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 341/614

1. Scrape any metal powder off the serrated part of the wiper arm with a round file

or the equivalent (when reinstalling).

2. Clean the wiper pivot serrations with a wire brush.

3. Operate the wiper, then stop the windshield wiper motor in the automatic stop

position.

Page 342: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 342/614

4. Align the blade tip with the mark on the windshield glass, as shown in the

illustration.

5. Tighten the nut of the front wiper arm.

Torque:

26 N*m 265 kgf*cm , 19 ft.*lbf

45. INSTALL HOOD SUB-ASSEMBLY

46. INSPECT HOOD SUB-ASSEMBLY

1.

Check that the clearance measurements are within the standard ranges.

Page 343: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 343/614

Page 344: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 344/614

(0.297 to 0.533 in.) (0.079 to 0.197 in.)

F1.65 to 5.65 mm

(0.065 to 0.222 in.)- -

47. ADJUST HOOD SUB-ASSEMBLY

1. Loosen the hood side hinge bolts.

2. Move the hood to adjust the clearance to within the standard range.

3.

Tighten the hood side hinge bolts after the adjustment.

Torque:

13 N*m 133 kgf*cm , 10 ft.*lbf

Page 345: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 345/614

4. Adjust the height of the hood front end by turning the cushion rubber.

HINT:The cushion rubber can be raised and lowered by turning it.

5. Adjust the hood lock.

1. Loosen the 3 bolts.

2. Adjust the hood lock position so that the striker can enter it smoothly.

3. Tighten the 3 bolts after the adjustment.

Torque:

7.5 N*m 76 kgf*cm , 66 in.*lbf

48. INSTALL STEERING SLIDING YOKE SUB-ASSEMBLY

Page 346: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 346/614

1. Align the matchmarks and install the sliding yoke onto the intermediate shaft.

Torque:28 N*m 290 kgf*cm , 21 ft.*lbf

2.

Tighten bolt A.

Torque:

28 N*m 290 kgf*cm , 21 ft.*lbf

49. INSTALL COLUMN HOLE COVER SILENCER SHEET

1. Install the column hole cover silencer sheet with the 2 clips.

2. Install the floor carpet.

50. ADD TRANSAXLE OIL

51. INSPECT AND ADJUST TRANSAXLE OIL

Page 347: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 347/614

1. Stop the vehicle on a level place.

2. Remove the filler plug and gasket.

3.

Check that the oil surface is within 5 mm (0.20 in.) of the lowest position of thefiller plug opening.

NOTICE:

• An excessively large or small amount of oil may cause problems.

• After replacing the oil, drive the vehicle and check the oil level again.

4. When the oil level is low, check for oil leakage.

5. Install the filler plug and a new gasket.

Torque:

39 N*m 400 kgf*cm , 29 ft.*lbf

52. INSTALL ENGINE UNDER COVER RH

53. INSTALL ENGINE UNDER COVER LH

54. INSTALL FRONT WHEELS

Page 348: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 348/614

55. CONNECT CABLE TO NEGATIVE BATTERY TERMINAL

Torque:

5.4 N*m 55 kgf*cm , 48 in.*lbf

56. INITIALIZATION OF MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE ECU

()

57. LEARNING OF MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE SYSTEM

()

58. SYNCHRONIZATION POSITION CALIBRATION

()

59. INSPECT ABS SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL

()

60. INSPECT AND ADJUST FRONT WHEEL ALIGNMENT

()

61. CHECK FOR EXHAUST GAS LEAKAGE

62. CHECK FOR TRANSAXLE OIL LEAKAGE

Page 349: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 349/614

MULTI-MODE MANUAL

TRANSAXLE UNIT >COMPONENTS

for Preparation

Page 350: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 350/614

Page 351: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 351/614

Page 352: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 352/614

1 / 3

Page 353: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 353/614

Page 354: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 354/614

Page 355: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 355/614

2 / 3

Page 356: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 356/614

Page 357: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 357/614

Page 358: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 358/614

3 / 3

MULTI-MODE MANUAL

TRANSAXLE UNIT >

DISASSEMBLY

for Preparation

Page 359: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 359/614

1. REMOVE SHIFT STROKE SENSOR

2. REMOVE CLUTCH RELEASE FORK

3. REMOVE CLUTCH RELEASE FORK LEVER SHAFT OIL SEAL

4. INSPECT NEUTRAL POSITION

1. Remove the plug from the shift and select actuator.

2. Look through the plug and check that the slit of the shift and select shaft is in the position shown in the illustration.

If not, turn it with a screwdriver.

5. REMOVE LOCK BALL ASSEMBLY NO.1

Page 360: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 360/614

1. Using an 18 mm socket wrench, remove the lock ball assembly from the transaxle

case.

6. REMOVE PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH ASSEMBLY

1. Using SST, remove the park/neutral position switch with the gasket from the

transaxle case.

SST

09817-16011

7. REMOVE SHIFT AND SELECT ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

Page 361: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 361/614

1.

Remove the 6 bolts.

2. Tap the actuator flange with a plastic hammer to remove it.

8. REMOVE BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH ASSEMBLY

1. Using SST, remove the back-up light switch with the gasket from the transaxle

case.

SST

09817-16011

Page 362: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 362/614

9. REMOVE TRANSMISSION REVOLUTION SENSOR

1. Remove the bolt and transmission case protector.

2. Remove the bolt and transmission revolution sensor.

3. Using a small screwdriver, remove the O-ring from the transmission revolution

sensor.

10. REMOVE REVERSE IDLER GEAR SHAFT BOLT

Page 363: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 363/614

Page 364: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 364/614

Page 365: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 365/614

3. Remove gear shift head No.1 and gear shift fork No. 1.

4. Using 2 screwdrivers and a hammer, remove the snap ring from gear shift fork

shaft No. 1.

14. REMOVE GEAR SHIFT FORK SHAFT NO.3

1. Using a magnetic finger, remove the straight pin from gear shift fork No. 3.

Page 366: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 366/614

2. Using 2 screwdrivers and a hammer, remove the 2 snap rings from gear shift fork

shaft No. 3.

3. Cover gear shift fork shaft No.3 with a piece of cloth gear shift fork shaft No. 3 atthe upper edge with pliers as shown in the illustration, and pull gear shift fork

shaft No. 3 out of the transaxle case to remove gear shift fork No. 3, compression

spring and gear shift head No. 3.

15. REMOVE REVERSE IDLER GEAR SHAFT

Page 367: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 367/614

1. Remove the reverse idler gear shaft from the transaxle case.

16. REMOVE REVERSE SHIFT ARM BRACKET ASSEMBLY

1. Remove the 2 bolts and reverse shift arm bracket from the transaxle case.

17. REMOVE GEAR SHIFT FORK SHAFT NO.2

Page 368: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 368/614

1. Using a magnetic finger, remove the straight pin from the reverse shift fork.

2. Shift hub sleeve No. 2 into the 3rd gear, as shown.

Page 369: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 369/614

3. Remove the set bolt from gear shift fork No. 2.

4. Pull out gear shift fork snap rings, gear shift fork and the reverse shift fork from

the transaxle case.

5. Using 2 screwdrivers and a hammer, remove the snap ring from gear shift fork

shaft No. 2.

6. Remove the reverse shift fork from gear shift fork shaft No. 2.

Page 370: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 370/614

7. Using 2 screwdrivers and a hammer, remove the snap ring from gear shift fork

shaft No. 2.

8.

Remove gear shift fork No. 2 from gear shift fork shaft No. 2.

18. REMOVE INPUT SHAFT

1. Remove the input shaft assembly from the manual transaxle case.

19. REMOVE OUTPUT SHAFT

1. Remove the output shaft assembly from the manual transaxle case.

Page 371: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 371/614

20. REMOVE FRONT DIFFERENTIAL CASE

1. Remove the differential case assembly from the front transaxle case.

21. REMOVE OIL RECEIVER PIPE NO. 2

1. Remove the oil receiver pipe No. 2 from the manual transmission case.

NOTICE:Do not damage oil receiver pipe No. 2.

Page 372: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 372/614

22. REMOVE TRANSMISSION MAGNET

1. Remove the transmission magnet from the front transaxle case.

23. REMOVE FRONT TRANSAXLE CASE OIL SEAL

1. Using a screwdriver, remove the front transaxle case oil seal.

Page 373: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 373/614

24. REMOVE OUTPUT SHAFT FRONT BEARING

1. Using SST, remove the output shaft front bearing (outer race) from the front

transaxle case.

SST

09308-00010

25. REMOVE OUTPUT SHAFT COVER

1. Remove the output shaft cover from the front transaxle case.

Page 374: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 374/614

26. REMOVE TRANSMISSION CASE OIL SEAL

1. Using a screwdriver, remove the transmission case oil seal.

27. REMOVE FR DIFFERENTIAL CASE REAR TAPERED ROLLER BEARING

1. Using SST, remove the front differential case rear tapered roller bearing and the

shim.

SST

Page 375: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 375/614

09950-60010 (09951-00560)

09950-70010 (09951-07200)

28. REMOVE TRANSAXLE CASE OIL SEAL

1. Using a screwdriver, remove the transaxle case oil seal from the front transaxle

case.

29. REMOVE FR DIFFERENTIAL CASE FRONT TAPERED ROLLER BEARING

Page 376: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 376/614

1. Using a brass bar and hammer, remove the front differential case front tapered

roller bearing.

30. REMOVE INPUT SHAFT REAR BEARING SHIM

1. Remove the input shaft rear bearing shim.

31. REMOVE OUTPUT SHAFT REAR BEARING

1. Using SST, remove the output shaft rear bearing.

Page 377: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 377/614

SST

09527-3001009612-65014 (09612-01030, 09612-01050)

32. REMOVE OUTPUT SHAFT REAR BEARING SHIM

1. Remove the output shaft rear bearing shim.

Page 378: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 378/614

MULTI-MODE MANUAL

TRANSAXLE UNIT > INSPECTION

for Preparation

1. INSPECT REVERSE IDLER GEAR SUB-ASSEMBLY

1.

Using a micrometer, measure the outer diameter of the reverse idler gear shaft.

Standard outer diameter:15.97 to 15.98 mm (0.6287 to 0.6291 in.)

Minimum outer diameter:

15.97 mm (0.6287 in.)

If the outer diameter is less than the minimum, replace the reverse idler gear shaft.

Page 379: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 379/614

2. Using a caliper gauge, measure the inside diameter of the reverse idler gear.

Standard inside diameter:16.04 to 16.05 mm (0.6315 to 0.6319 in.)

Maximum inside diameter:

16.05 mm (0.6319 in.)

If the inside diameter exceeds the maximum, replace the reverse idler gear.

2. INSPECT REVERSE SHIFT FORK

1. Using a caliper gauge, measure the inside diameter of the reverse shift fork.

Standard inside diameter:

14.27 to 14.42 mm (0.5591 to 0.5677 in.) for A

14.01 to 14.03 mm (0.5516 to 0.5524 in.) for BMaximum inside diameter:

14.42 mm (0.5677 in.) for A14.03 mm (0.5524 in.) for B

If the inside diameter exceeds the maximum, replace the reverse shift fork.

3. INSPECT GEAR SHIFT FORK SHAFT NO.1

Page 380: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 380/614

1. Using a micrometer, measure the outer diameter of gear shift fork shaft No. 1.

Standard outer diameter:13.97 to 13.98 mm (0.5500 to 0.5504 in.)

Minimum outer diameter:

13.97 mm (0.5500 in.)

If the outer diameter is less than the minimum, replace gear shift fork shaft No. 1.

4. INSPECT GEAR SHIFT FORK SHAFT NO.2

1. Using a micrometer, measure the outer diameter of gear shift fork shaft No. 2.

Page 381: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 381/614

Standard outer diameter:

13.97 to 13.98 mm (0.5500 to 0.5504 in.)Minimum outer diameter:

13.97 mm (0.5500 in.)

If the outer diameter is less than the minimum, replace gear shift fork shaft No. 2.

5. INSPECT GEAR SHIFT FORK SHAFT NO.3

1. Using a micrometer, measure the outer diameter of gear shift fork shaft No. 3.

Standard outer diameter:

13.97 to 13.98 mm (0.5500 to 0.5504 in.)Minimum outer diameter:

13.97 mm (0.5500 in.)

If the outer diameter is less than the minimum, replace gear shift fork shaft No. 3.

6. INSPECT GEAR SHIFT FORK NO.1

Page 382: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 382/614

1. Using vernier calipers, measure the inside diameter of gear shift fork No. 1.

Standard inside diameter and thickness:9.9 to 10.0 mm (0.3898 to 0.3937 in.) for A

9.9 to 10.0 mm (0.3898 to 0.3937 in.) for B

14.00 to 14.02 mm (0.5512 to 0.5520 in.) for C

If the inside diameter and thickness are outside the specifications, replace gear

shift fork No. 1.

7. INSPECT GEAR SHIFT FORK NO.2

1. Using vernier calipers, measure the inside diameter of gear shift fork No. 2.

Standard inside diameter and thickness:

Page 383: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 383/614

9.9 to 10.0 mm (0.3898 to 0.3937 in.) for A

14.00 to 14.02 mm (0.5512 to 0.5520 in.) for B

If the inside diameter and thickness are outside the specifications, replace gear

shift fork No. 2.

8. INSPECT GEAR SHIFT FORK NO.3

1. Using vernier calipers, measure the inside diameter of gear shift fork No. 3.

Standard inside diameter and thickness:

9.9 to 10.0 mm (0.3898 to 0.3937 in.) for A14.00 to 14.02 mm (0.5512 to 0.5520 in.) for B

If the inside diameter and thickness are outside the specifications, replace gear

shift fork No. 3.

9. INSPECT GEAR SHIFT HEAD NO.1

Page 384: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 384/614

1. Using vernier calipers, measure the inside diameter of gear shift head No. 1.

Standard inside diameter:14.00 to 14.05 mm (0.5512 to 0.5531 in.)

Maximum inside diameter:14.05 mm (0.5531 in.)

If the inside diameter exceeds the maximum, replace gear shift head No. 1.

10. INSPECT GEAR SHIFT HEAD NO.3

1. Using vernier calipers, measure the inside diameter of gear shift head No. 3.

Standard inside diameter:14.00 to 14.05 mm (0.5512 to 0.5531 in.) for A

14.2 to 14.4 mm (0.5591 to 0.5669 in.) for B

Page 385: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 385/614

Maximum inside diameter:

14.05 mm (0.5531 in.) for A14.4 mm (0.5669 in.) for B

If the inside diameter exceeds the maximum, replace gear shift head No. 3.

MULTI-MODE MANUALTRANSAXLE UNIT >

REASSEMBLY

for Preparation

Page 386: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 386/614

1. INSTALL TRANSAXLE CASE STRAIGHT PIN

1. Install the transaxle case straight pin.

Standard depth:10.5 to 11.5 mm (0.4134 to 0.4528 in.)

2. INSTALL OUTPUT SHAFT COVER

1. Install the output shaft cover as shown in the illustration.

Page 387: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 387/614

3. INSTALL OUTPUT SHAFT FRONT BEARING

1. Using SST and a press, press in the output shaft front bearing (outer race).

SST09950-60010 (09951-00510)

09950-70010 (09951-07150)

4. INSTALL FR DIFFERENTIAL CASE FRONT TAPERED ROLLER BEARING

1. Using SST and a press, press in the front differential case front tapered roller

bearing (outer race).

Page 388: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 388/614

SST

09350-32014 (09351-32111, 09351-32130)

5. INSTALL FR DIFFERENTIAL CASE REAR TAPERED ROLLER BEARING

1. Install the shim onto the manual transmission case.

HINT:

When re-using the output shaft rear tapered roller bearing, first install a shim ofthe same thickness as before. If installing a new output shaft rear tapered roller

bearing, first select and install a shim which is thinner than the original.

2. Using SST and a press, press in the FR differential case rear tapered roller bearing

(outer race).

SST

09950-60010 (09951-00620)

09950-70010 (09951-07100)

6. INSPECT DIFFERENTIAL SIDE BEARING PRELOAD

Page 389: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 389/614

1. Coat the differential case assembly with gear oil, and install it onto the front

transaxle case.

2. Install the manual transmission case with the 13 bolts.

Torque:

29 N*m 300 kgf*cm , 22 ft.*lbf HINT:

Manual transmission case side: 8 bolts

Front transaxle case side: 5 bolts

Page 390: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 390/614

3. Using SST and a torque wrench, turn the differential case assembly right and left

2 or 3 times to allow the bearings to settle.

SST

09564-32011

4. Using SST and a torque wrench, measure the preload.

SST

09564-32011

Preload (at starting): New bearing:

0.78 to 1.57 N*m (7.95 to 16.00 kgf*cm, 6.9 to 13.89 in.*lbf)

Used bearing:

0.49 to 0.98 N*m (5.00 to 9.99 kgf*cm, 4.3 to 8.67 in.*lbf)

5. Select another shim.

Mark Thickness mm (in.) Mark Thickness mm (in.) Mark Thickness mm (in.)

AA 2.10 (0.0827) HH 2.45 (0.0965) QQ 2.80 (0.1102)

BB 2.15 (0.0847) JJ 2.50 (0.0984) RR 2.85 (0.1122)

CC 2.20 (0.0866) KK 2.55 (0.1004) SS 2.90 (0.1142)

DD 2.25 (0.0886) LL 2.60 (0.1024) TT 2.95 (0.1161)EE 2.30 (0.0906) MM 2.65 (0.1043) UU 3.00 (0.1181)

FF 2.35 (0.0925) NN 2.70 (0.1063) - -

GG 2.40 (0.0945) PP 2.75 (0.1083) - -

6. Remove the 13 bolts and the manual transmission case from the front transaxle

case.

Page 391: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 391/614

7. Remove the differential case assembly from the front transaxle case.

7. INSTALL OUTPUT SHAFT REAR BEARING

1. Install the output shaft rear bearing shim onto the manual transmission case.

HINT:

When re-using the output shaft rear tapered roller bearing, first install a shim of

the same thickness as before. If installing a new output shaft rear tapered roller bearing, first select and install a shim which is thinner than the original.

2. Using SST and a press, press in the output shaft rear bearing (outer race).

SST

Page 392: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 392/614

09950-60010 (09951-00570)

09950-70010 (09951-07200)

8. ADJUST OUTPUT SHAFT BEARING PRELOAD

1. Install the output shaft assembly and the differential case assembly onto the front

transaxle case.

2. Install the manual transmission case onto the front transaxle case with the 13

bolts.

Torque:

29 N*m 300 kgf*cm , 22 ft.*lbf

Page 393: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 393/614

3. Using SST and a torque wrench, turn the output shaft assembly and differential

case assembly right and left 2 or 3 times to allow the bearings to settle.

SST

09564-32011

4. Using SST and a torque wrench, measure the preload.

SST

09564-32011

Preload (at starting):

New bearing:

3.46 to 6.91 N*m (35.3 to 70.5 kgf*cm, 30.6 to 61.2 in.*lbf) for 1KR-FE3.18 to 6.35 N*m (32.4 to 64.7 kgf*cm, 28.1 to 56.2 in.*lbf) for 2SZ-FE

Used bearing:2.16 to 4.32 N*m (22.0 to 44.1 kgf*cm, 19.1 to 38.2 in.*lbf) for 1KR-FE

1.98 to 3.97 N*m (20.2 to 40.5 kgf*cm, 17.5 to 35.1 in.*lbf) for 2SZ-FE

5. Select another output shaft rear bearing shim.

MarkThickness

mm (in.)Mark

Thickness

mm (in.)

A 1.55(0.0610) J 1.95(0.0768)

B1.60

(0.0630)K

2.00

(0.0787)

C1.65

(0.0650)L

2.05(0.0807)

D 1.70 M 2.10

Page 394: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 394/614

(0.0669) (0.0827)

E1.75

(0.0689) N

2.15

(0.0846)

F1.80

(0.0709)P

2.20(0.0866)

G1.85

(0.0728)Q

2.25

(0.0886)

H1.90

(0.0748)

6. Remove the 13 bolts and the manual transmission case from the front transaxle

case.

7. Remove the output shaft assembly from the front transaxle case.

8. Remove the differential case assembly from the front transaxle case.

9. INSTALL INPUT SHAFT REAR BEARING SHIM

Page 395: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 395/614

1. Using vernier calipers, accurately measure dimensions A and B.

2.

Select an input shaft rear bearing shim that brings the value within thespecifications.

Shim thickness:

Shim thickness (B - A) should be more than 0 mm (0 in.) and less than 0.1 mm

(0.0039 in.)

MarkThickness

mm (in.)Mark

Thickness

mm (in.)

F1.80

(0.0709) N

2.15

(0.0846)

G 1.85(0.0728)

P 2.20(0.0866)

H1.90

(0.0748)Q

2.25

(0.0886)

J1.95

(0.0768)R

2.30(0.0906)

K 2.00 S 2.35

Page 396: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 396/614

(0.0787) (0.0925)

L2.05

(0.0807)T

2.40

(0.0945)

M2.10

(0.0827)- -

3. Install the input shaft rear bearing shim.

10. INSTALL TRANSMISSION CASE OIL SEAL

1. Using SST and a hammer, install a new transmission case oil seal into the manual

transmission case.

SST

09950-60010 (09951-00370)09950-70010 (09951-07150)

Drive in depth:

2.1 to 3.1 mm (0.083 to 0.122 in.)

2.

Coat the tip of the transmission oil seal with MP grease.

11. INSTALL TRANSAXLE CASE OIL SEAL

Page 397: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 397/614

1. Using SST and a hammer, install the transaxle case oil seal to the front transaxle

case.

SST

09316-60011 (09316-00011)

Drive in depth:1.7 to 2.7 mm (0.067 to 0.106 in.)

2. Coat the tip of the transmission case oil seal with MP grease.

12. INSTALL FRONT TRANSAXLE CASE OIL SEAL

Page 398: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 398/614

1. Using SST and a hammer, install the front transaxle case oil seal into the front

transaxle case.

SST

09710-20011 (09710-06071)

09950-70010 (09951-07150)Drive in depth:14.4 to 15.4 mm (0.567 to 0.606 in.)

2. Coat the tip of the front transaxle case oil seal with MP grease.

13. INSTALL TRANSMISSION MAGNET

1. Clean the transmission magnet and then install it onto the front transaxle case.

14. INSTALL OIL RECEIVER PIPE NO. 2

Page 399: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 399/614

1. Install oil receiver pipe No. 2 onto the manual transmission case.

NOTICE:Do not damage oil receiver pipe No. 2.

15. INSTALL FRONT DIFFERENTIAL CASE

1. Coat the differential case tapered roller bearings with gear oil, and install themonto the front transaxle case.

16. INSTALL OUTPUT SHAFT

Page 400: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 400/614

1. Install the output shaft assembly onto the front transaxle case.

17. INSTALL INPUT SHAFT

1. Coat the sliding and rotating surfaces of the input and output shafts assembly with

gear oil, and install them onto the front transaxle case.

18. INSTALL GEAR SHIFT FORK SHAFT NO.2

Page 401: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 401/614

1.

Install gear shift fork No. 2 onto gear shift fork shaft No. 2.

2. Using a screwdriver and hammer, install a new snap ring onto gear shift fork shaft

No. 2.

3. Install the reverse shift fork onto gear shift fork shaft No. 2.

4.

Using a screwdriver and hammer, install a new snap ring onto gear shift fork shaft

No. 2.

Page 402: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 402/614

5. Shift hub sleeve No. 2 into the 3rd gear, as shown.

6. Install gear shift fork shaft No. 2 with the 2 snap rings.

7. Install gear shift fork No.2 and reverse shift fork onto the transaxle case.

8. Set gear shift fork No. 2 onto hub sleeve No. 2.

9. Install the set bolt onto gear shift fork No. 2.

Torque:

16 N*m 160 kgf*cm , 12 ft.*lbf

Page 403: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 403/614

10. Using a magnetic finger, install the straight pin into the reverse shift fork.

NOTICE:

Insert the straight pin along the groove on gear shift fork shaft No. 2, as shown inthe illustration.

19. INSTALL REVERSE SHIFT ARM BRACKET ASSEMBLY

1.

Install the reverse shift arm bracket onto the transaxle case with the 2 bolts.

Torque:

17 N*m 175 kgf*cm , 13 ft.*lbf NOTICE:

Fit the edge of the reverse shift fork into the hole in the reverse shift arm bracket.

Page 404: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 404/614

20. INSTALL REVERSE IDLER GEAR SHAFT

1. Coat the reverse idler gear shaft with gear oil, and install it onto the transmission

case.

NOTICE:

Set the top of the reverse shift arm bracket into the groove on the reverse idler

gear, as shown in the illustration.

2. Align the mark on the reverse idler gear shaft with the bolt hole, as shown in the

illustration.

Page 405: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 405/614

21. INSTALL GEAR SHIFT FORK SHAFT NO.3

1. Install gear shift fork No. 3, the compression spring and gear shift head No. 3 onto

gear shift fork shaft No. 3.

2. Install gear shift fork shaft No. 3 onto the transaxle case together with gear shift

fork No. 3, the compression spring and shift head No. 3.

3. Set gear shift fork No. 3 onto hub sleeve No. 3.

4. Using a screwdriver and hammer, tap 2 new snap rings onto gear shift fork shaft

No. 3.

Page 406: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 406/614

5. Using a magnetic finger, install the straight pin onto gear shift fork No. 3.

22. INSTALL GEAR SHIFT FORK SHAFT NO.1

1. Using a screwdriver and hammer, install a new snap ring onto gear shift fork shaft

No. 1.

2. Set gear shift fork No. 1 onto the reverse gear.

3. Set gear shift head No. 1 onto gear shift fork No. 1.

4. Install gear shift fork shaft No. 1 onto the transaxle case with the snap ring.

Page 407: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 407/614

Page 408: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 408/614

Page 409: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 409/614

2. Coat the 13 bolts with sealant.

Sealant:

Toyota Genuine Adhesive 1344, Three Bond 1344 or Equivalent

3. Install the transmission case onto the transaxle case with the 13 bolts.

Torque:

29 N*m 300 kgf*cm , 22 ft.*lbf

26. INSTALL REVERSE IDLER GEAR SHAFT BOLT

1. Apply sealant to the reverse idler gear shaft lock bolt threads.

Sealant:

Toyota Genuine Adhesive 1344, Three Bond 1344 or Equivalent

Page 410: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 410/614

2. Install the reverse idler gear shaft lock bolt with a new gasket.

Torque:29 N*m 300 kgf*cm , 22 ft.*lbf

27. INSTALL TRANSMISSION REVOLUTION SENSOR

1. Install a new O-ring onto the transmission revolution sensor.

2. Install the transmission revolution sensor with the bolt.

Torque:

7.8 N*m 80 kgf*cm , 69 in.*lbf

3. Install the transmission case protector with the bolt.

Torque:18 N*m 185 kgf*cm , 13 ft.*lbf

28. INSTALL SHIFT AND SELECT ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

Page 411: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 411/614

1. Apply FIPG to the transmission case as shown.

FIPG:

Toyota Genuine Seal Packing 1281, Three Bond 1281 or Equivalent

2. Apply sealant to the actuator set bolt threads.

Sealant:

Toyota Genuine Adhesive 1344, Three Bond 1344 or Equivalent

3. Install the shift and select actuator with the 6 bolts and wire harness clamp.

Torque:

18 N*m 184 kgf*cm , 13 ft.*lbf

29. INSTALL PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH ASSEMBLY

Page 412: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 412/614

1. Using SST, install the park/neutral position switch with a new gasket onto thetransaxle case.

Torque:

40 N*m 410 kgf*cm , 30 ft.*lbf SST

09817-16011

30. INSTALL LOCK BALL ASSEMBLY NO.1

1. Apply sealant to the lock ball assembly threads.

Sealant:

Page 413: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 413/614

Toyota Genuine Adhesive 1344, Three Bond 1344 or Equivalent

2. Using an 18 mm socket wrench, install the lock ball assembly onto the

transmission case.

Torque:37 N*m 375 kgf*cm , 27 ft.*lbf

31. INSTALL BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH ASSEMBLY

1.

Using SST, install the back-up light switch with a new gasket onto the transaxlecase.

SST

09817-16011

Torque:40 N*m 410 kgf*cm , 30 ft.*lbf

32. INSTALL CLUTCH RELEASE FORK LEVER SHAFT OIL SEAL

33. INSTALL CLUTCH RELEASE FORK

Page 414: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 414/614

34. INSTALL SHIFT STROKE SENSOR

INPUT SHAFT > COMPONENTS

for Preparation

Page 415: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 415/614

Page 416: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 416/614

Page 417: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 417/614

1 / 2

Page 418: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 418/614

Page 419: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 419/614

Page 420: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 420/614

2 / 2

INPUT SHAFT > DISASSEMBLY

for Preparation

Page 421: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 421/614

1. INSPECT 3RD GEAR THRUST CLEARANCE

1.

Using a feeler gauge, measure the 3rd gear thrust clearance.

Standard clearance:

0.10 to 0.35 mm (0.0039 to 0.0138 in.)

Maximum clearance:0.35 mm (0.0138 in.)

If the clearance exceeds the maximum, replace the 3rd gear synchronizer ring.

2. INSPECT 5TH GEAR THRUST CLEARANCE

1. Using a dial indicator, measure the 5th gear thrust clearance.

Page 422: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 422/614

Standard clearance:

0.10 to 0.50 mm (0.0039 to 0.0197 in.)Maximum clearance:

0.50 mm (0.0197 in.)

If the clearance exceeds the maximum, replace the 5th gear synchronizer ring.

3. INSPECT 3RD GEAR RADIAL CLEARANCE

1. Using a dial indicator, measure the 3rd gear radial clearance.

Standard clearance:

0.015 to 0.058 mm (0.0006 to 0.0023 in.)Maximum clearance:

0.058 mm (0.0023 in.)

If the clearance exceeds the maximum, replace the 3rd gear needle roller bearing

or the shaft.

4. INSPECT 4TH GEAR RADIAL CLEARANCE

Page 423: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 423/614

Page 424: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 424/614

0.015 to 0.058 mm (0.0006 to 0.0023 in.)

Maximum clearance:0.058 mm (0.0023 in.)

If the clearance exceeds the maximum, replace the 5th gear needle roller bearing

or the shaft.

6. REMOVE 5TH GEAR

1.

Using SST and a press, remove the input shaft rear radial ball bearing, hub sleeve

No. 3, 5th gear synchronizer ring and 5th gear from the input shaft.

SST

09950-00020

09612-24014 (09612-10061)HINT:

• Support the input shaft by hand to prevent it from dropping off.

• Set the claw of SST between the 4th gear and 5th gear, as shown in the

illustration.

NOTICE:

Do not excessively tighten SST.

7. REMOVE TRANSMISSION CLUTCH HUB NO.3

Page 425: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 425/614

1. Remove the 2 shifting key springs No. 1 from the transmission clutch hub No. 3.

2. Remove the transmission hub sleeve No. 3 from the transmission clutch hub No.

3.

3. Remove the 3 shifting keys No. 3 from the transmission clutch hub No. 3.

8. REMOVE 5TH GEAR NEEDLE ROLLER BEARING

1. Remove the 5th gear needle roller bearing from the input shaft.

Page 426: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 426/614

9. REMOVE 5TH GEAR BEARING SPACER

1. Remove the 5th gear bearing spacer from the input shaft.

10. INSPECT 4TH GEAR THRUST CLEARANCE

1. Using a dial indicator, measure the 4th gear thrust clearance.

Standard clearance:0.10 to 0.55 mm (0.0039 to 0.0217 in.)

Maximum clearance:

Page 427: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 427/614

0.55 mm (0.0217 in.)

If the clearance exceeds the maximum, replace the 4th gear synchronizer ring.

11. REMOVE 5TH GEAR SHAFT SNAP RING

1. Using a snap ring expander, remove the 5th gear shaft snap ring from the input

shaft.

HINT:Do not damage the journal surface of the input shaft.

12. REMOVE 5TH GEAR THRUST WASHER

Page 428: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 428/614

Page 429: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 429/614

1. Remove the 4th gear from the input shaft.

15. REMOVE 4TH GEAR NEEDLE ROLLER BEARING

1. Remove the 4th gear needle roller bearing from the input shaft.

16. REMOVE 4TH GEAR BEARING SPACER

Page 430: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 430/614

1. Remove the 4th gear bearing spacer from the input shaft.

17. REMOVE 4TH GEAR SYNCHRONIZER RING

1. Remove the 4th gear synchronizer ring from the clutch hub No. 2.

18. REMOVE CLUTCH HUB NO.2 SETTING SHAFT SNAP RING

Page 431: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 431/614

1. Using a snap ring expander, remove the clutch hub No. 2 setting shaft snap ringfrom the input shaft.

HINT:

Do not damage the journal surface of the input shaft.

19. REMOVE 3RD GEAR

1. Using SST and a press, remove the hub sleeve No. 2, 3rd gear synchronizer ring

and 3rd gear from the input shaft.

SST

09950-00020

NOTICE:

• Do not excessively tighten SST.

• Support the input shaft by hand to prevent it from dropping off

Page 432: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 432/614

20. REMOVE TRANSMISSION CLUTCH HUB NO.2

1. Remove the 2 shifting key springs No. 1 from the transmission clutch hub No. 2.

2.

Remove the transmission hub sleeve No. 2 from the transmission clutch hub No.

2.

3. Remove the 3 shifting keys No. 2 from the transmission clutch hub No. 2.

21. REMOVE 3RD GEAR NEEDLE ROLLER BEARING

Page 433: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 433/614

1. Remove the 3rd gear needle roller bearing from the input shaft.

22. REMOVE INPUT SHAFT FRONT BEARING

1. Using a press, remove the input shaft front bearing from the input shaft.

SST

09950-00020

HINT:Support the input shaft by hand to prevent it from dropping off.

Page 434: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 434/614

INPUT SHAFT > INSPECTION

for Preparation

1. INSPECT INPUT SHAFT

1. Check the input shaft for wear and damage.

2. Using a dial indicator, check the input shaft runout.

Maximum runout:

0.03 mm (0.0012 in.)

Page 435: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 435/614

If the runout exceeds the maximum, replace the input shaft.

3. Using a micrometer, measure the outer diameter of the input shaft journal surface.

Standard:

Measured

Part

Outer Diameter mm

(in.)

A25.502 to 25.515

(1.0040 to 1.00453)

B30.985 to 31.000(1.2199 to 1.2205)

C, D33.985 to 34.000(1.3380 to 1.3386)

E23.002 to 23.015

(0.9056 to 0.9091)

F22.967 to 23.000

(0.9042 to 0.9055)

If the outer diameters are below the minimum, replace the input shaft.

2. INSPECT 3RD GEAR

Page 436: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 436/614

1. Using a cylinder gauge, measure the inside diameter of the 3rd gear.

Standard inside diameter:

39.015 to 39.031 mm (1.5360 to 1.5367 in.)

Maximum inside diameter:39.031 mm (1.5367 in.)

If the inside diameter exceeds the maximum, replace the 3rd gear.

3. INSPECT 4TH GEAR

1. Using a cylinder gauge, measure the inside diameter of the 4th gear.

Standard inside diameter:

39.015 to 39.031 mm (1.5360 to 1.5367 in.)

Maximum inside diameter:

Page 437: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 437/614

39.031 mm (1.5367 in.)

If the inside diameter exceeds the maximum, replace the 4th gear.

4. INSPECT 5TH GEAR

1. Using a cylinder gauge, measure the inside diameter of the 5th gear.

Standard inside diameter:

36.015 to 36.031 mm (1.4179 to 1.4185 in.)Maximum inside diameter:

36.031 mm (1.4185 in.)

If the inside diameter exceeds the maximum, replace the 5th gear.

5. INSPECT 3RD GEAR SYNCHRONIZER RING

Page 438: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 438/614

1. Check for wear and damage.

2. Coat the 3rd gear cone with gear oil.

3.

Turn the 3rd gear synchronizer ring in one direction while pushing it against the3rd gear cone.

4. Check that the ring locks.If the synchronizer ring does not lock, replace the synchronizer ring or the 3rd

gear.

5.

Using a feeler gauge, measure the clearance between the synchronizer ring back

and the gear spline end.

Standard clearance:

0.75 to 1.65 mm (0.0295 to 0.0650 in.)Minimum clearance:

0.75 mm (0.0295 in.)

Page 439: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 439/614

If the clearance is less than the minimum, replace the synchronizer ring or the 3rd

gear.

6. INSPECT 4TH GEAR SYNCHRONIZER RING

1. Check for wear and damage.

2. Coat the 4th gear cone with gear oil.

3.

Turn the synchronizer ring in one direction while pushing it against the 4th gear

cone.

4. Check that the ring locks.If the synchronizer ring does not lock, replace the synchronizer ring or the 4th

gear.

Page 440: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 440/614

Page 441: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 441/614

2. Coat the 5th gear cone with gear oil.

3. Turn the synchronizer ring in one direction while pushing it against the 5th gear

cone.

4.

Check that the ring locks.If the synchronizer ring does not lock, replace the synchronizer ring or the 5th

gear.

5. Using a feeler gauge, measure the clearance between the synchronizer ring backand the gear spline end.

Standard clearance:0.75 to 1.65 mm (0.0295 to 0.0650 in.)

Minimum clearance:

0.75 mm (0.0295 in.)

If the clearance is less than the minimum, replace the synchronizer ring or the 5th

gear.

8. INSPECT TRANSMISSION HUB SLEEVE NO.2

Page 442: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 442/614

Page 443: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 443/614

0.15 to 0.35 mm (0.0059 to 0.0138 in.)

If the clearance is outside the specifications, replace the transmission hub sleeve

No. 3 and gear shift fork No. 3.

INPUT SHAFT > REASSEMBLY

for Preparation

Page 444: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 444/614

1. INSTALL INPUT SHAFT FRONT BEARING

1.

Using SST and a press, install a new input shaft front bearing onto the input shaft.

SST

09515-10010

2. INSTALL 3RD GEAR NEEDLE ROLLER BEARING

1. Coat the 3rd gear needle roller bearing with gear oil, and install it onto the inputshaft.

Page 445: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 445/614

3. INSTALL 3RD GEAR

1.

Coat the 3rd gear with gear oil, and install it onto the input shaft.

4. INSTALL 3RD GEAR SYNCHRONIZER RING

1.

Coat the 3rd gear synchronizer ring with gear oil, and install it onto the 3rd gear.

5. INSTALL TRANSMISSION CLUTCH HUB NO.2

Page 446: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 446/614

1. Install the 3 shifting keys No. 2, 2 shifting key springs and transmission hub

sleeve No. 2 onto the clutch hub No. 2.

NOTICE:

Assemble the transmission hub sleeve No. 2 and transmission clutch hub No. 2 in

the correct orientations, as shown in the illustration.

2. Using SST and a press, install the transmission clutch hub sleeve No. 2 onto the

input shaft.

SST

09506-35010

6. INSTALL CLUTCH HUB NO.2 SETTING SHAFT SNAP RING

Page 447: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 447/614

1. Select a snap ring that allows the minimum axial play.

Standard clearance:0.1 mm (0.0039 in.) or less.

MarkThickness

mm (in.)Mark

Thickness

mm (in.)

A2.28(0.0898)

D2.46(0.0969)

B2.34

(0.0921)E

2.52

(0.0992)

C2.40(0.0945) F

2.58(0.1016)

2. Using a snap ring expander, install the new snap ring onto the input shaft.

Page 448: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 448/614

HINT:

Do not damage the journal surface of the input shaft.

7. INSPECT 3RD GEAR THRUST CLEARANCE

1. Using a feeler gauge, measure the 3rd gear thrust clearance.

Standard clearance:

0.10 to 0.35 mm (0.0039 to 0.0138 in.)

Maximum clearance:

0.35 mm (0.0138 in.)

If the clearance exceeds the maximum, replace the 3rd gear synchronizer ring.

8. INSPECT 3RD GEAR RADIAL CLEARANCE

Page 449: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 449/614

1. Using a dial indicator, measure the 3rd gear radial clearance.

Standard clearance:

0.015 to 0.058 mm (0.0006 to 0.0023 in.)

Maximum clearance:0.058 mm (0.0023 in.)

If the clearance exceeds the maximum, replace the 3rd gear needle roller bearingor the shaft.

9. INSTALL 4TH GEAR SYNCHRONIZER RING

1. Coat the 4th gear synchronizer ring with gear oil, and install it onto transmission

clutch hub No. 2.

Page 450: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 450/614

Page 451: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 451/614

12. INSTALL 4TH GEAR

1. Coat the 4th gear with gear oil, and install it onto the input shaft.

13. INSTALL 5TH GEAR THRUST WASHER BALL

1. Install the 5th gear thrust washer ball onto the input shaft.

Page 452: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 452/614

14. INSTALL 5TH GEAR THRUST WASHER

1.

Coat the 5th gear thrust washer with gear oil, and install it onto the input shaft.

15. INSTALL 5TH GEAR SHAFT SNAP RING

1.

Select a snap ring, using the table below, that makes the thrust clearance of the5th gear thrust washer less than 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.).

MarkThickness

mm (in.)Mark

Thickness

mm (in.)

12.28

(0.0898)4

2.46

(0.0969)

Page 453: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 453/614

22.34

(0.0921)5

2.52

(0.0992)

32.40(0.0945)

62.58(0.1016)

2. Using a snap ring expander, install a new snap ring onto the input shaft.

HINT:Do not damage the journal surface of the input shaft.

16. INSPECT 4TH GEAR THRUST CLEARANCE

1. Using a dial indicator, measure the 4th gear thrust clearance.

Page 454: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 454/614

Standard clearance:

0.1 to 0.55 mm (0.0039 to 0.0217 in.)Maximum clearance :

0.55 mm (0.0217 in.)

If the clearance exceeds the maximum, replace the 4th gear synchronizer ring.

17. INSPECT 4TH GEAR RADIAL CLEARANCE

1. Using a dial indicator, measure the 4th gear radial clearance.

Standard clearance:

0.015 to 0.058 mm (0.0006 to 0.0023 in.)Maximum clearance:

0.058 mm (0.0023 in.)

If the clearance exceeds the maximum, replace the 4th gear needle roller bearing

or the shaft.

18. INSTALL 5TH GEAR BEARING SPACER

Page 455: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 455/614

1. Coat the 5th gear bearing spacer with gear oil, and install it onto the input shaft.

19. INSTALL 5TH GEAR NEEDLE ROLLER BEARING

1. Coat the 5th gear needle roller bearing with gear oil, and install it onto the input

shaft.

20. INSTALL 5TH GEAR

Page 456: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 456/614

1. Coat the 5th gear with gear oil, and install it onto the input shaft.

21. INSTALL 5TH GEAR SYNCHRONIZER RING

1. Coat the 5th gear synchronizer ring with gear oil, and install it onto the 5th gear.

22. INSTALL TRANSMISSION CLUTCH HUB NO.3

Page 457: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 457/614

1. Install the 3 shifting keys No. 3, 2 shifting key springs No. 1 and transmission hubsleeve No. 3 onto the transmission clutch hub No. 3.

NOTICE:

Assemble the transmission hub sleeve No. 3 and the transmission clutch hub No.3 in the correct orientations, as shown in the illustration.

2. Place the 5th gear synchronizer ring on the 5th gear, and align the synchronizerring slots with the shifting keys No. 3.

3.

Using SST and a press, press the No. 3 hub sleeve into the input shaft.

SST

09515-10010

NOTICE:Install the transmission hub sleeve No. 3 in the correct orientation, as shown in

the illustration.

Page 458: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 458/614

23. INSTALL INPUT SHAFT REAR RADIAL BALL BEARING

1. Using SST and a press, install a new input shaft rear radial ball bearing onto the

input shaft.

SST

09515-10010

24. INSPECT 5TH GEAR THRUST CLEARANCE

1. Using a dial indicator, measure the 5th gear thrust clearance.

Page 459: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 459/614

Standard clearance:

0.10 to 0.50 mm (0.0039 to 0.0197 in.)Maximum clearance:

0.50 mm (0.0197 in.)

If the clearance exceeds the maximum, replace the 5th gear synchronizer ring.

25. INSPECT 5TH GEAR RADIAL CLEARANCE

1. Using a dial indicator, measure the 5th gear radial clearance.

Standard clearance:

0.015 to 0.058 mm (0.0006 to 0.0023 in.)Maximum clearance:

0.058 mm (0.0023 in.)

If the clearance exceeds the maximum, replace the 5th gear needle roller bearing

or the shaft.

Page 460: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 460/614

OUTPUT SHAFT > COMPONENTS

for Preparation

Page 461: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 461/614

Page 462: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 462/614

Page 463: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 463/614

1 / 2

Page 464: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 464/614

Page 465: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 465/614

Page 466: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 466/614

2 / 2

OUTPUT SHAFT > DISASSEMBLY

for Preparation

Page 467: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 467/614

1. REMOVE OUTPUT SHAFT REAR BEARING

1.

Using SST and a press, remove the output shaft rear bearing.

SST

09950-60010 (09951-00220)

09950-70010 (09951-07100)

2. INSPECT 1ST GEAR THRUST CLEARANCE

1. Using a feeler gauge, measure the 1st gear thrust clearance.

Standard clearance:0.10 to 0.45 mm (0.0039 to 0.0177 in.)

Maximum clearance:

Page 468: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 468/614

0.45 mm (0.0177 in.)

If the clearance exceeds the maximum, replace the 1st gear synchronizer ring.

3. INSPECT 2ND GEAR THRUST CLEARANCE

1. Using a feeler gauge, measure the 2nd gear thrust clearance.

Standard clearance:

0.10 to 0.55 mm (0.0039 to 0.0217 in.)Maximum clearance:

0.55 mm (0.0217 in.)

If the clearance exceeds the maximum, replace the 2nd gear synchronizer ring.

4. INSPECT 1ST GEAR RADIAL CLEARANCE

Page 469: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 469/614

1. Using a dial indicator, measure the 1st gear radial clearance.

Standard clearance:

0.015 to 0.056 mm (0.0006 to 0.0022 in.)

Maximum clearance:0.056 mm (0.0022 in.)

If the clearance exceeds the maximum, replace the 1st gear needle roller bearingor the shaft.

5. INSPECT 2ND GEAR RADIAL CLEARANCE

1. Using a dial indicator, measure the 2nd gear radial clearance.

Standard clearance:

Page 470: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 470/614

0.015 to 0.056 mm (0.0006 to 0.0022 in.)

Maximum clearance:0.056 mm (0.0022 in.)

If the clearance exceeds the maximum, replace the 2nd gear needle roller bearing

or the shaft.

6. REMOVE COUNTER 5TH GEAR SHAFT SNAP RING

1.

Using 2 screwdrivers and a hammer, remove the counter 5th gear shaft snap ringfrom the output shaft.

7. REMOVE 4TH DRIVEN GEAR

Page 471: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 471/614

Page 472: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 472/614

1. Using SST and a press, remove the 3rd driven gear and 2nd gear from the output

shaft.

SST

09950-00020

10. REMOVE 2ND GEAR NEEDLE ROLLER BEARING

1. Remove the 2nd gear needle roller bearing from the output shaft.

11. REMOVE 2ND GEAR BEARING SPACER

Page 473: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 473/614

1. Remove the 2nd gear bearing spacer from the output shaft.

12. REMOVE 2ND GEAR SYNCHRONIZER RING

1. Remove the 2nd gear synchronizer ring from the reverse gear.

13. REMOVE CLUTCH HUB NO.1 SHAFT SNAP RING

Page 474: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 474/614

1. Using 2 screwdrivers, remove the clutch hub No. 1 shaft snap ring from the outputshaft.

HINT:

Do not damage the journal surface of the output shaft.

14. REMOVE 1ST GEAR

1. Using a press, remove the transmission clutch hub No. 1 and 1st gear from the

output shaft.

15. REMOVE 1ST GEAR NEEDLE ROLLER BEARING

Page 475: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 475/614

1. Remove the 1st gear needle roller bearing from the output shaft.

16. REMOVE OUTPUT SHAFT FRONT BEARING

1. Using SST and a press, remove the output shaft front bearing from the output

shaft.

SST

09950-00020

17. REMOVE TRANSMISSION CLUTCH HUB NO.1

Page 476: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 476/614

1. Remove the 2 shifting key springs No. 1, 3 shifting keys No. 1 and reverse gear

from the transmission clutch hub No. 1.

Page 477: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 477/614

OUTPUT SHAFT > INSPECTIONfor Preparation

1. INSPECT OUTPUT SHAFT

1. Using a dial indicator, check the shaft runout.

Maximum runout:

0.03 mm (0.0012 in.)

If the runout exceeds the maximum, replace the output shaft.

Page 478: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 478/614

2. Using a micrometer, measure the outer diameter of the output shaft journal

surface.

Standard:

Measured

Part

Outer Diameter mm

(in.)

A23.002 to 23.015

(0.9056 to 0.9061)

B, C 28.3 (1.1142)

D, E33.985 to 34.000

(1.3380 to 1.3386)

F25.002 to 25.015

(0.9843 to 0.9847)

If the outer diameters are below the minimum, replace the input shaft.

2. INSPECT 1ST GEAR

Page 479: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 479/614

1. Using a cylinder gauge, measure the inside diameter of the 1st gear.

Standard inside diameter:

39.015 to 39.031 mm (1.5360 to 1.5367 in.)

Maximum inside diameter:39.031 mm (1.5637 in.)

If the inside diameter exceeds the maximum, replace the 1st gear.

3. INSPECT 2ND GEAR

1. Using a cylinder gauge, measure the inside diameter of the 2nd gear.

Standard inside diameter:

39.015 to 39.031 mm (1.5360 to 1.5367 in.)

Maximum inside diameter:

Page 480: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 480/614

39.031 mm (1.5367 in.)

If the inside diameter exceeds the maximum, replace the 2nd gear.

4. INSPECT 1ST GEAR SYNCHRONIZER RING

1. Check for wear and damage.

2. Coat the 1st gear cone with gear oil.

3.

Turn the synchronizer ring in one direction while pushing it against the 1st gear

cone.

4. Check that the ring locks.If the synchronizer ring does not lock, replace the synchronizer ring or the 1st

gear.

Page 481: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 481/614

5. Using a feeler gauge, measure the clearance between the synchronizer ring backand the gear spline end.

Standard clearance:

0.8 to 1.6 mm (0.031 to 0.063 in.)Minimum clearance:0.80 mm (0.031 in.)

If the clearance is less than the minimum, replace the synchronizer ring or the 1st

gear.

5. INSPECT 2ND GEAR SYNCHRONIZER RING

1. Check for wear and damage.

Page 482: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 482/614

2. Coat the 2nd gear cone with gear oil.

3. Turn the synchronizer ring in one direction while pushing it against the 2nd gear

cone.

4.

Check that the ring locks.If the synchronizer ring does not lock, replace the synchronizer ring or the 2nd

gear.

5. Using a feeler gauge, measure the clearance between the synchronizer ring backand the gear spline end.

Standard clearance:0.8 to 1.6 mm (0.031 to 0.063 in.)

Minimum clearance:

0.80 mm (0.031 in.)

If the clearance is less than the minimum, replace the synchronizer ring or the 2nd

gear.

6. INSPECT REVERSE GEAR

Page 483: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 483/614

1. Using vernier calipers, measure the clearance between the reverse gear and the

reveres gear fork.

Standard clearance (A-B):

0.15 to 0.35 mm (0.0059 to 0.0138 in.)

If the clearance is outside the specifications, replace the reverse gear fork and

reverse gear.

Page 484: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 484/614

OUTPUT SHAFT > REASSEMBLY

for Preparation

1. INSTALL OUTPUT SHAFT FRONT BEARING

1. Using SST and a press, install the output shaft front bearing onto the output shaft.

SST

09710-22021 (09710-01051)

2. INSTALL 1ST GEAR NEEDLE ROLLER BEARING

Page 485: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 485/614

1. Coat the 1st gear needle roller bearing with gear oil, and install it onto the outputshaft.

3. INSTALL 1ST GEAR

1. Coat the 1st gear with gear oil, and install it onto the output shaft.

4. INSTALL 1ST GEAR SYNCHRONIZER RING

Page 486: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 486/614

1. Coat the 1st gear synchronizer ring with gear oil, and install it onto the 1st gear.

5. INSTALL TRANSMISSION CLUTCH HUB NO.1

1. Install 2 shifting key springs No. 1, 3 shifting keys No. 1 and the reverse gear

onto the transmission clutch hub No. 1.

Page 487: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 487/614

2. Using SST and a press, install the transmission clutch hub No. 1 onto the output

shaft.

SST

09316-60011 (09316-00011, 09316-00071) NOTICE:Install the reverse gear assembly in the correct orientation, as shown in the

illustration.

6. INSTALL CLUTCH HUB NO.1 SHAFT SNAP RING

1. Select a snap ring that allows the minimum axial play.

Standard clearance:0 to 0.1 mm (0 to 0.0039 in.)

Mark Thickness Mark Thickness

Page 488: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 488/614

mm (in.) mm (in.)

A2.28

(0.0898)D

2.46

(0.0969)

B2.34

(0.0921)E

2.52(0.0992)

C2.40

(0.0945)F

2.58

(0.1016)

2. Using a snap ring expander, install the new snap ring onto the output shaft.

7. INSPECT 1ST GEAR THRUST CLEARANCE

Page 489: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 489/614

1. Using a feeler gauge, measure the 1st gear thrust clearance.

Standard clearance:0.10 to 0.45 mm (0.0039 to 0.0177 in.)

Maximum clearance:

0.45 mm (0.0177 in.)

If the clearance exceeds the maximum, replace the 1st gear synchronizer ring.

8. INSPECT 1ST GEAR RADIAL CLEARANCE

1. Using a dial indicator, measure the 1st gear radial clearance.

Standard clearance:0.015 to 0.056 mm (0.0006 to 0.0022 in.)

Maximum clearance:

0.056 mm (0.0022 in.)

If the clearance exceeds the maximum, replace the 1st gear needle roller bearing

or the shaft.

9. INSTALL 2ND GEAR BEARING SPACER

Page 490: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 490/614

1. Coat the 2nd gear bearing spacer with gear oil and install it onto the output shaft.

10. INSTALL 2ND GEAR NEEDLE ROLLER BEARING

1. Coat the 2nd gear needle roller bearing with gear oil, and install it onto the output

shaft.

11. INSTALL 2ND GEAR SYNCHRONIZER RING

Page 491: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 491/614

1. Coat the 2nd synchronizer ring with gear oil, and install it onto the reverse gear.

12. INSTALL 2ND GEAR

1. Coat the 2nd gear with gear oil, and install it onto the output shaft.

13. INSTALL 3RD DRIVEN GEAR

Page 492: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 492/614

1. Using SST and a press, install the 3rd driven gear onto the output shaft.

SST09316-60011 (09316-00041)

14. INSPECT 2ND GEAR THRUST CLEARANCE

1. Using a feeler gauge, measure the 2nd gear thrust clearance.

Standard clearance:

0.10 to 0.55 mm (0.0039 to 0.0217 in.)Maximum clearance :

0.55 mm (0.0217 in.)

Page 493: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 493/614

If the clearance exceeds the maximum, replace the 2nd gear synchronizer ring.

15. INSPECT 2ND GEAR RADIAL CLEARANCE

1.

Using a dial indicator, measure the 2nd gear radial clearance between the gear and

shaft.

Standard clearance:

0.015 to 0.056 mm (0.0006 to 0.0023 in.)Maximum clearance:

0.056 mm (0.0023 in.)

If the clearance exceeds the maximum, replace the 2nd gear needle roller bearing

or the shaft.

16. INSTALL OUTPUT SHAFT SPACER

Page 494: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 494/614

1. Install the output shaft spacer onto the output shaft.

17. INSTALL 4TH DRIVEN GEAR

1. Using SST and a press, install the 4th driven gear onto the output shaft.

SST09223-00010

09316-60011 (09316-00021)

18. INSTALL 5TH DRIVEN GEAR

Page 495: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 495/614

1. Using SST and a press, install the 5th driven gear onto the output shaft.

SST09223-00010

09316-60011 (09316-00021)

19. INSTALL COUNTER 5TH GEAR SHAFT SNAP RING

1. Select a snap ring, using the table below, that makes the thrust clearance of the

5th driven gear less than 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.).

MarkThicknessmm (in.)

Mark Thicknessmm (in.)

A2.22

(0.0874)F

2.52(0.0992)

B 2.28 G 2.58

Page 496: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 496/614

(0.0898) (0.1016)

C2.34

(0.0921)H

2.64

(0.1039)

D2.40

(0.0945)J

2.70(0.1063)

E2.46

(0.0969)- -

2. Using a brass bar and hammer, tap the new snap ring onto the output shaft.

20. INSTALL OUTPUT SHAFT REAR BEARING

Page 497: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 497/614

1. Using SST and a press, install the output shaft rear bearing onto the output shaft.

SST09612-22011

DIFFERENTIAL CASE >

COMPONENTS

for Preparation

Page 498: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 498/614

Page 499: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 499/614

Page 500: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 500/614

1 / 1

DIFFERENTIAL CASE >

DISASSEMBLY

for Preparation

Page 501: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 501/614

1. REMOVE FR DIFFERENTIAL CASE FRONT TAPERED ROLLER BEARING

1. Using SST, remove the front differential case front tapered roller bearing.

SST09950-00020

09950-00030

HINT:

Set the claw of SST to the bearing inner race at the indented part of the

differential case.

2. REMOVE FR DIFFERENTIAL CASE REAR TAPERED ROLLER BEARING

Page 502: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 502/614

1. Using SST, remove the front differential case rear tapered roller bearing.

SST09950-00020

09950-00030

3. REMOVE FRONT DIFFERENTIAL RING GEAR

1. Place matchmarks on the front differential ring gear and the front differential

case.

Page 503: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 503/614

2. Remove the 6 bolts. Using a hammer, remove the front differential ring gear fromthe front differential case.

4. REMOVE FRONT DIFFERENTIAL CASE

1. Using a pin punch and hammer, remove the pinion shaft slotted spring pin.

Page 504: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 504/614

2. Remove the pinion shaft from the differential case.

3. Remove the 2 pinion gears, 2 side gears and the 4 thrust washers from each gear.

Page 505: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 505/614

DIFFERENTIAL CASE >

REASSEMBLYfor Preparation

1. INSTALL FRONT DIFFERENTIAL CASE

1. Install the appropriate thrust washers and side gears. Refer to the table below andselect thrust washers that bring the backlash to within the specifications. Select

washers of the same size for both sides.

Standard backlash:0.05 to 0.20 mm (0.0020 to 0.0079 in.)

Thickness mm (in.) Thickness mm (in.)

0.50 (0.0197) 0.75 (0.0295)

0.55 (0.0217) 0.80 (0.0315)0.60 (0.0236) 0.85 (0.0335)

0.65 (0.0256) 0.90 (0.0354)

0.70 (0.0276) 0.95 (0.0374)

Page 506: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 506/614

2. Install the thrust washers and the side gears into the differential case.

3. Install the pinion shaft.

Page 507: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 507/614

4. Using a dial indicator, check the side gear backlash. Measure the side gear

backlash while holding one pinion gear toward the differential case.

Standard backlash:

0.05 to 0.20 mm (0.0020 to 0.0079 in.)

If the backlash is not within the specification, install a thrust washer of a different

thickness.

5. Using a pin punch and a hammer, install the pinion shaft slotted spring pinthrough the front differential case and the hole in the pinion shaft.

6. Using a chisel and hammer, caulk the pin holes around the circumference of thefront differential case.

Page 508: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 508/614

2. INSTALL FRONT DIFFERENTIAL RING GEAR

1. Using a heater, heat the front differential ring gear to 90 to 110°C (194 to 230°F).

2. Clean the contact surface of the front differential case.

3. Aligning the matchmarks, quickly install the front differential ring gear onto the

front differential case with the 6 bolts.

Torque:124 N*m 1,260 kgf*cm , 91 ft.*lbf

Page 509: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 509/614

3. INSTALL FR DIFFERENTIAL CASE REAR TAPERED ROLLER BEARING

1. Using SST and a press, install the front differential case rear tapered roller

bearing.

SST

09350-32014 (09351-32120, 09351-32140)

4. INSTALL FR DIFFERENTIAL CASE FRONT TAPERED ROLLER BEARING

1.

Using SST and a press, install the front differential case front tapered roller

bearing.

Page 510: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 510/614

SST

09350-32014 (09351-32120, 09351-32140)

SHIFT STROKE SENSOR >

COMPONENTS

for Preparation

Page 511: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 511/614

Page 512: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 512/614

Page 513: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 513/614

1 / 2

Page 514: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 514/614

Page 515: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 515/614

Page 516: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 516/614

2 / 2

SHIFT STROKE SENSOR >

REMOVAL

for Preparation

Page 517: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 517/614

1. DISCONNECT CABLE FROM NEGATIVE BATTERY TERMINAL

2. REMOVE AIR CLEANER INLET NO.1 (for 2SZ-FE)

1. Remove the air cleaner inlet No. 1.

3. REMOVE BATTERY HOLD DOWN CLAMP

4. REMOVE BATTERY

5. REMOVE BATTERY TRAY

6. REMOVE BATTERY CARRIER (for 1KR-FE)

Page 518: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 518/614

1. Remove the 4 bolts and the battery carrier.

7. REMOVE BATTERY CARRIER (for 2SZ-FE)

1. Remove the 5 bolts and the battery carrier.

8. REMOVE SHIFT STROKE SENSOR

Page 519: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 519/614

1. Remove the bolt and separate the wire harness bracket.

2. Disconnect the shift stroke sensor connector.

3. Remove the 2 screws and the shift stroke sensor from the shift and select actuator.

4. Remove the O-ring from the shift stroke sensor.

Page 520: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 520/614

SHIFT STROKE SENSOR >

INSPECTION

for Preparation

1. INSPECT SHIFT STROKE SENSOR

Page 521: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 521/614

1. Connect the 3 dry batteries of 1.5 V in series.

2. Connect the battery positive (+) lead to terminal A and the negative (-) lead to

terminal B.

3. Turn the sensor arm and check the voltage between terminals B and C.

Reference: Voltage (Power source voltage at 4.5 V):

Sensor

angle

Terminal (B - C) output

voltage55° 4.05 V

0° 2.25 V

-55° 0.45 V

Voltage (Power source voltage at 4.7 to 5.3 V):

Sensor

angle

Terminal (B - C) output

voltage

Page 522: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 522/614

55° 4.5 V

0° 2.5 V

-55° 0.5 V

NOTICE:

• Do not apply more than 6 V.

• Do not drop the clutch stroke sensor. If dropped, replace it with a new one.

If the voltage is not as specified, replace the stroke sensor.

SHIFT STROKE SENSOR >

Page 523: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 523/614

INSTALLATION

for Preparation

1. INSTALL SHIFT STROKE SENSOR

1. Apply MP grease to a new O-ring.

2.

Install the new O-ring onto the stroke sensor.

3. Set the stroke senor so that the sensor side and the actuator side sensor arms are in

the positions shown in the illustration.

Page 524: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 524/614

4. Turn the stroke sensor clockwise and fix it with the 2 screws.

Torque:

2.0 N*m 20 kgf*cm , 18 in.*lbf

5. Connect the shift stroke sensor connector.

6. Install the wire harness bracket onto the transaxle with the bolt.

Torque:13 N*m 131 kgf*cm , 9.5 ft.*lbf

2. INSTALL BATTERY CARRIER (for 1KR-FE)

Page 525: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 525/614

1. Install the battery carrier with the 4 bolts.

Torque:17 N*m 175 kgf*cm , 13 ft.*lbf

3. INSTALL BATTERY CARRIER (for 2SZ-FE)

1. Install the battery carrier with the 5 bolts.

Torque:17 N*m 175 kgf*cm , 13 ft.*lbf

Page 526: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 526/614

4. INSTALL BATTERY TRAY

5. INSTALL BATTERY

6. INSTALL BATTERY HOLD DOWN CLAMP

7. INSTALL AIR CLEANER INLET NO.1 (for 2SZ-FE)

1. Install the air cleaner inlet No. 1.

8. CONNECT CABLE TO NEGATIVE BATTERY TERMINAL

Torque:5.4 N*m 55 kgf*cm , 48 in.*lbf

9. INITIALIZATION OF MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSMISSION ECU

()

Page 527: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 527/614

10. LEARNING OF MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM

()

11. SYNCHRONIZATION POSITION CALIBRATION()

SELECT STROKE SENSOR >

COMPONENTS

for Preparation

Page 528: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 528/614

Page 529: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 529/614

Page 530: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 530/614

Page 531: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 531/614

1 / 2

Page 532: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 532/614

Page 533: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 533/614

Page 534: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 534/614

2 / 2

SELECT STROKE SENSOR >

REMOVAL

for Preparation

Page 535: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 535/614

1. DISCONNECT CABLE FROM NEGATIVE BATTERY TERMINAL

2. REMOVE AIR CLEANER INLET NO.1 (for 2SZ-FE)

1. Remove the air cleaner inlet No. 1.

3. REMOVE BATTERY HOLD DOWN CLAMP

4. REMOVE BATTERY

5. REMOVE BATTERY TRAY

6. REMOVE BATTERY CARRIER (for 1KR-FE)

Page 536: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 536/614

1. Remove the 4 bolts and the battery carrier.

7. REMOVE BATTERY CARRIER (for 2SZ-FE)

1. Remove the 5 bolts and the battery carrier.

8. REMOVE SELECT STROKE SENSOR

Page 537: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 537/614

1. Remove the bolt and separate the wire harness bracket.

2. Disconnect the select stroke sensor connector.

3. Remove the 2 screws and select stroke sensor from the shift and select actuator.

4. Remove the O-ring from the select stroke sensor.

Page 538: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 538/614

SELECT STROKE SENSOR >

INSPECTION

for Preparation

1. INSPECT SELECT STROKE SENSOR

Page 539: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 539/614

1. Connect the 3 dry batteries of 1.5 V in series.

2. Connect the battery positive (+) lead to terminal A and the negative (-) lead to

terminal B.

3. Turn the sensor arm and check the voltage between terminals B and C.

Reference: Voltage (Power source voltage at 4.5 V):

Sensor

angle

Terminal (B - C) output

voltage55 ° 4.05 V

0° 2.25 V

-55° 0.45 V

Voltage (Power source voltage at 4.7 to 5.3V):

Sensor

angle

Terminal (B - C) output

voltage

Page 540: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 540/614

55 ° 4.5 V

0° 2.5 V

-55° 0.5 V

NOTICE:

• Do not apply more than 6 V.

• Do not drop the clutch stroke sensor. If dropped, replace it with a new one.

If the voltage is not as specified, replace the stroke sensor.

SELECT STROKE SENSOR >

Page 541: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 541/614

INSTALLATION

for Preparation

1. INSTALL SELECT STROKE SENSOR

1. Apply MP grease to a new O-ring.

2.

Install the new O-ring onto the stroke sensor.

3. Set the stroke sensor so that the sensor side and the actuator side sensor arms are

in the positions shown in the illustration.

Page 542: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 542/614

4. Turn the stroke sensor clockwise and fix it with the 2 screws.

Torque:

2.0 N*m 20 kgf*cm , 18 in.*lbf

5. Connect the select stroke sensor connector.

6. Install the wire harness bracket onto the transaxle with the bolt

Torque:13 N*m 131 kgf*cm , 9.5 ft.*lbf

2. INSTALL BATTERY CARRIER (for 1KR-FE)

Page 543: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 543/614

1. Install the battery carrier with the 4 bolts.

Torque:17 N*m 175 kgf*cm , 13 ft.*lbf

3. INSTALL BATTERY CARRIER (for 2SZ-FE)

1. Install the battery carrier with the 5 bolts.

Torque:17 N*m 175 kgf*cm , 13 ft.*lbf

Page 544: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 544/614

4. INSTALL BATTERY TRAY

5. INSTALL BATTERY

6. INSTALL BATTERY HOLD DOWN CLAMP

7. INSTALL AIR CLEANER INLET NO.1 (for 2SZ-FE)

1. Install the air cleaner inlet No. 1.

8. CONNECT CABLE TO NEGATIVE BATTERY TERMINAL

Torque:5.4 N*m 55 kgf*cm , 48 in.*lbf

9. INITIALIZATION OF MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSMISSION ECU

()

Page 545: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 545/614

10. LEARNING OF MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM

()

11. SYNCHRONIZATION POSITION CALIBRATION()

TRANSMISSION REVOLUTION

SENSOR > COMPONENTS

for Preparation

Page 546: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 546/614

Page 547: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 547/614

Page 548: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 548/614

Page 549: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 549/614

1 / 1

TRANSMISSION REVOLUTION

SENSOR > REMOVAL

for Preparation

Page 550: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 550/614

1. DRAIN TRANSAXLE OIL

1.

Remove the filler plug and the gasket.

2. Remove the drain plug and gasket and drain the transaxle oil.

3. Install a new gasket and the drain plug.

Torque:39 N*m 400 kgf*cm , 29 ft.*lbf

2. REMOVE TRANSMISSION REVOLUTION SENSOR

1. Disconnect the revolution sensor connector.

Page 551: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 551/614

2. Remove the bolt and transmission case protector.

3. Remove the bolt and transmission revolution sensor.

4. Using a screwdriver, remove the O-ring from the transmission revolution sensor.

Page 552: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 552/614

TRANSMISSION REVOLUTION

SENSOR > INSPECTION

for Preparation

1. INSPECT TRANSMISSION REVOLUTION SENSOR

Page 553: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 553/614

1. Using an ohmmeter, measure the resistance between the terminals.

Standard Resistance:560 to 680 Ω at 20 °C(68°F)

If the resistance is not as specified, replace the revolution sensor.

TRANSMISSION REVOLUTION

SENSOR > INSTALLATION

for Preparation

Page 554: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 554/614

1. INSTALL TRANSMISSION REVOLUTION SENSOR

1. Install a new O-ring onto the transmission revolution sensor.

2. Install the transmission revolution sensor with the bolt.

Torque:

7.8 N*m 80 kgf*cm , 69 in.*lbf

3. Install the transmission case protector with the bolt.

Torque:

18 N*m 185 kgf*cm , 13 ft.*lbf

Page 555: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 555/614

4. Connect the revolution sensor connector.

2. ADD TRANSAXLE OIL

3. INSPECT AND ADJUST TRANSAXLE OIL

1. Stop the vehicle on a level place.

2. Remove the filler plug and gasket.

Page 556: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 556/614

3. Check that the oil surface is within 5 mm (0.20 in.) of the lowest position of the

filler plug opening.

NOTICE:

An excessively large or small amount of oil may cause problems.• After replacing the oil, drive the vehicle and check the oil level again.

4. When the oil level is low, check for oil leakage.

5. Install the filler plug and a new gasket.

Torque:

39 N*m 400 kgf*cm , 29 ft.*lbf

Page 557: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 557/614

BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH >

COMPONENTS

for Preparation

Page 558: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 558/614

Page 559: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 559/614

Page 560: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 560/614

1 / 4

Page 561: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 561/614

Page 562: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 562/614

Page 563: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 563/614

2 / 4

Page 564: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 564/614

Page 565: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 565/614

Page 566: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 566/614

3 / 4

Page 567: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 567/614

Page 568: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 568/614

Page 569: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 569/614

Page 570: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 570/614

1. DISCONNECT CABLE FROM NEGATIVE BATTERY TERMINAL

2. REMOVE AIR CLEANER INLET NO.1 (for 2SZ-FE)

1. Remove the air cleaner inlet No. 1.

3. REMOVE BATTERY HOLD DOWN CLAMP

4. REMOVE BATTERY

5. REMOVE BATTERY TRAY

6. REMOVE BATTERY CARRIER (for 1KR-FE)

Page 571: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 571/614

1. Remove the 4 bolts and the battery carrier.

7. REMOVE BATTERY CARRIER (for 2SZ-FE)

1. Remove the 5 bolts and the battery carrier.

8. SUPPORT MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY

9. REMOVE TRANSVERSE ENGINE ENGINE MOUNTING INSULATOR (for 1KR-

FE)

Page 572: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 572/614

1. Remove the bolt and nut, then separate the engine mounting insulator LH.

2. Remove the 4 bolts and the engine mounting insulator LH.

10. REMOVE TRANSVERSE ENGINE ENGINE MOUNTING INSULATOR (for 2SZ-

FE)

1. Remove the bolt and nut, then separate the engine mounting insulator LH.

2. Remove the 5 bolts and the engine mounting insulator LH.

Page 573: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 573/614

11. REMOVE TRANSVERSE ENGINE ENGINE MOUNTING BRACKET (for 1KR-

FE)

1. Remove the 4 bolts and the engine mounting bracket LH.

12. REMOVE TRANSVERSE ENGINE ENGINE MOUNTING BRACKET (for 2SZ-

FE)

1. Remove the 4 bolts and the engine mounting bracket LH.

Page 574: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 574/614

13. REMOVE BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH ASSEMBLY

1. Disconnect the back-up light switch connector.

2. Separate the back-up light switch wire harness from the 2 clamps.

3. Using SST, remove the back-up light switch and gasket from the transaxle case.

SST

09817-16011

Page 575: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 575/614

BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH >

INSPECTION

for Preparation

1. INSPECT BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH ASSEMBLY

Page 576: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 576/614

1. Using an ohmmeter, measure the resistance between the terminals.

Standard Resistance:

Condition Specified conditionReleased Below 1 Ω

Pushed 10 k Ω or higher

If the result is not as specified, replace the back-up light switch.

Page 577: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 577/614

BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH >

INSTALLATION

for Preparation

1. INSTALL BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH ASSEMBLY

1. Using SST, install the back-up light switch with a new gasket onto the transaxle

case.

SST09817-16011

Torque:

40 N*m 410 kgf*cm , 30 ft.*lbf

Page 578: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 578/614

2. Install the back-up light switch wire harness into the 2 clamps.

3. Connect the back-up light switch connector.

2. INSTALL TRANSVERSE ENGINE ENGINE MOUNTING BRACKET (for 1KR-

FE)

1.

Install the engine mounting bracket LH with the 4 bolts.

Torque:64 N*m 653 kgf*cm , 47 ft.*lbf

3. INSTALL TRANSVERSE ENGINE ENGINE MOUNTING BRACKET (for 2SZ-FE)

Page 579: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 579/614

1. Install the engine mounting bracket LH with the 4 bolts.

Torque:

64 N*m 653 kgf*cm , 47 ft.*lbf

4. INSTALL TRANSVERSE ENGINE ENGINE MOUNTING INSULATOR (for 1KR-

FE)

1. Install the engine mounting insulator LH with the 4 bolts.

Torque:52 N*m 530 kgf*cm , 38 ft.*lbf for bolt A

64 N*m 653 kgf*cm , 47 ft.*lbf for bolt B

Page 580: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 580/614

2. Install the engine mounting bracket LH and engine mounting insulator LH with

the bolt and nut.

Torque:

52 N*m 530 kgf*cm , 38 ft.*lbf for nut C

5. INSTALL TRANSVERSE ENGINE ENGINE MOUNTING INSULATOR (for 2SZ-FE)

1. Install the engine mounting insulator LH with the 5 bolts.

Torque:52 N*m 530 kgf*cm , 38 ft.*lbf

2. Install the engine mounting bracket LH and engine mounting insulator LH withthe bolt and nut.

Torque:52 N*m 530 kgf*cm , 38 ft.*lbf

6. INSTALL BATTERY CARRIER (for 1KR-FE)

Page 581: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 581/614

1. Install the battery carrier with the 4 bolts.

Torque:17 N*m 175 kgf*cm , 13 ft.*lbf

7. INSTALL BATTERY CARRIER (for 2SZ-FE)

1. Install the battery carrier with the 5 bolts.

Torque:17 N*m 175 kgf*cm , 13 ft.*lbf

8. INSTALL BATTERY TRAY

Page 582: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 582/614

9. INSTALL BATTERY

10. INSTALL BATTERY HOLD DOWN CLAMP

11. INSTALL AIR CLEANER INLET NO.1 (for 2SZ-FE)

1. Install the air cleaner inlet No. 1.

12. CONNECT CABLE TO NEGATIVE BATTERY TERMINAL

Torque:5.4 N*m 55 kgf*cm , 48 in.*lbf

Page 583: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 583/614

PARK / NEUTRAL POSITION

SWITCH > COMPONENTS

for Preparation

Page 584: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 584/614

Page 585: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 585/614

Page 586: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 586/614

1 / 1

PARK / NEUTRAL POSITION

SWITCH > REMOVAL

for Preparation

Page 587: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 587/614

1. REMOVE PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH ASSEMBLY

1. Disconnect the park/neutral position switch connector.

2.

Using SST, remove the park/neutral position switch with the gasket from thetransaxle case.

SST

09817-16011

Page 588: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 588/614

PARK / NEUTRAL POSITION

SWITCH > INSPECTION

for Preparation

1. INSPECT PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH ASSEMBLY

Page 589: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 589/614

1. Using an ohmmeter, measure the resistance between the terminals.

Standard Resistance:

Condition Specified conditionReleased Below 1 Ω

Pushed 10 k Ω or higher

If the result is not as specified, replace the park/neutral position switch.

Page 590: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 590/614

PARK / NEUTRAL POSITION

SWITCH > INSTALLATION

for Preparation

1. INSTALL PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH ASSEMBLY

SST09817-16011

1.

Using SST, install the park/neutral position switch with a new gasket onto the

transaxle case.

Torque:

40 N*m 410 kgf*cm , 30 ft.*lbf

Page 591: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 591/614

2. Connect the park/neutral position switch connector.

Page 592: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 592/614

SHIFT AND SELECT ACTUATOR >

COMPONENTS

for Preparation

1 / 1

Page 593: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 593/614

SHIFT AND SELECT ACTUATOR >

DISASSEMBLY

for Preparation

1. REMOVE SELECT STROKE SENSOR

Page 594: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 594/614

1. Remove the 2 screws and select stroke sensor.

2. Remove the O-ring from the select stroke sensor.

Page 595: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 595/614

SHIFT AND SELECT ACTUATOR >INSPECTION

for Preparation

1. INSPECT SHIFT AND SELECT ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY

1. Check the resistance between the terminals of the shift motor.

Page 596: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 596/614

Standard Resistance:

Tester

connection

Specified

condition

1 - 2 0.1 to 100 Ω

If the resistance is not as specified, replace the shift and select actuator.

2. Check the resistance between the terminals of the select motor.

Standard Resistance:

Tester

connection

Specified

condition

1 - 2 0.1 to 100 Ω

If the resistance is not as specified, replace the shift and select actuator.

Page 597: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 597/614

SHIFT AND SELECT ACTUATOR >

REASSEMBLY

for Preparation

1. INSTALL SELECT STROKE SENSOR

Page 598: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 598/614

1. Apply MP grease to a new O-ring.

2. Install the new O-ring onto the select stroke sensor.

3. Set the stroke sensor so that the sensor side and the actuator side sensor arms are

in the positions shown in the illustration.

4.

Turn the select stroke sensor clockwise and fix it with the 2 screws.

Torque:

2.0 N*m 20 kgf*cm , 18 in.*lbf

Page 599: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 599/614

MULTI-MODE MANUAL

TRANSAXLE ECU >

COMPONENTS

for Preparation

Page 600: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 600/614

Page 601: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 601/614

Page 602: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 602/614

1 / 2

Page 603: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 603/614

Page 604: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 604/614

Page 605: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 605/614

2 / 2

MULTI-MODE MANUAL

TRANSAXLE ECU > REMOVAL

for Preparation

Page 606: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 606/614

1. REMOVE INSTRUMENT PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY UPPER

()

2. REMOVE GLOVE COMPARTMENT DOOR ASSEMBLY (for RHD)

1. Slightly deform the upper part of the glove compartment door assembly to releasethe 2 stoppers and open the glove compartment door assembly until it becomes

horizontal.

Page 607: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 607/614

2. Pull the glove compartment door assembly out horizontally to disengage the hinge

portion and remove the glove compartment door assembly.

NOTICE:

Pull the glove compartment door out horizontally, otherwise, installation failure

caused by excessive play around the hinge portion will result.

3. REMOVE TRANSMISSION CONTROL ECU ASSEMBLY (for LHD)

Page 608: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 608/614

1. Disconnect the 3 connectors.

2. Remove the 2 bolts.

3. Disengage the clip and remove the transmission control ECU.

4. REMOVE TRANSMISSION CONTROL ECU ASSEMBLY (for RHD)

Page 609: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 609/614

1. Disconnect the 3 connectors.

2. Remove the bolt and screw, then remove the transmission control ECU.

Page 610: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 610/614

MULTI-MODE MANUAL

TRANSAXLE ECU > REMOVAL

for Preparation

1. REMOVE INSTRUMENT PANEL SUB-ASSEMBLY UPPER

()

Page 611: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 611/614

2. REMOVE GLOVE COMPARTMENT DOOR ASSEMBLY (for RHD)

1. Slightly deform the upper part of the glove compartment door assembly to releasethe 2 stoppers and open the glove compartment door assembly until it becomes

horizontal.

Page 612: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 612/614

2. Pull the glove compartment door assembly out horizontally to disengage the hinge

portion and remove the glove compartment door assembly.

NOTICE:

Pull the glove compartment door out horizontally, otherwise, installation failure

caused by excessive play around the hinge portion will result.

3. REMOVE TRANSMISSION CONTROL ECU ASSEMBLY (for LHD)

Page 613: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 613/614

1. Disconnect the 3 connectors.

2. Remove the 2 bolts.

3. Disengage the clip and remove the transmission control ECU.

4. REMOVE TRANSMISSION CONTROL ECU ASSEMBLY (for RHD)

Page 614: C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

8/10/2019 C551A MULTI-MODE MANUAL TRANSAXLE (1).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/c551a-multi-mode-manual-transaxle-1pdf 614/614